Document:

Exhibit 10.4

 Exhibit 10.4 
 

 
  
 AWARD/CONTRACT 
 1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350) 
 RATING PAGE OF PAGES 1 51 
 2. CONTRACT Proc. Inst. Ident.) NO. W911QY-05-D-0004 
 3. EFFECTIVE DATE 14 Apr 2005 
 4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT NO. W91A2K-4079-9030

 5. [ILLEGIBLE] BY 
 [ILLEGIBLE] CONTRACTING DIVISION 
 ATTN:
AMSRD-ACC-N 
 BUILDING 1, KANSAS STREET 
 NATICK MA 01760-5011 
 CODE W911QY 
 6. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than
Item 5) 
 DCMA 
 DCMA MARYLAND 
 217 EAST REDWOOD STREET 

SUITE 1800 
 BALTIMORE MD 21202-5299 
 CODE S2101A 

7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No., street, city, county, state and zip code) 
 S F A INC 
 MR. KEITH BUCHANAN 
 20 SOUTH WISNER STREET 
 FREDERICK MD 21701 
 CODE 0U5N7 FACILITY CODE 
 8. DELIVERY 

[ ] FOB ORIGIN [X] OTHER (See below) 
 9. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT 
 00 Days - 0000%;
Net 30 Days 
 10. SUBMIT INVOICES 
 (4 copies unless otherwise specified) 
 TO THE
ADDRESS SHOWN IN: 
 ITEM Block 6 
 11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR CODE See Schedule 
 12.
PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY CODE HQ0338 
 DFAS 
 DFAS-COLUMBUS CENTER 
 CO/SOUTH ENTITLEMENT OPS 
 PO BOX 182264

 COLUMBUS OH 43218-2264 
 13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION: 
 [ ] 10 U.S.C. 2304(c)( ) 
 [ ] 41 U.S.C. 253(c)( ) 
 14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA 
 15A. ITEM NO. 
 15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES SEE SCHEDULE

 15C. QUANTITY 
 15D. UNIT 
 15E. UNIT PRICE 
 15F. AMOUNT 
 15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT $12,805.14 
 16. TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (X) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S) (X) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S) 
 PART I - THE SCHEDULE 
 PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES 
 X A SOLICITATION/
CONTRACT FORM 1-3 
 X B SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/ COSTS 4-14 
 X C DESCRIPTION/ SPECS./ WORK STATEMENT 15-30 
 X D PACKAGING AND MARKING 31-32 
 X E INSPECTION
AND ACCEPTANCE 33-34 
 X F DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE 35-36 
 X G CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA 37-38 
 X H SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 39 
 X I CONTRACT
CLAUSES 40-50 
 PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS 
 X J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 51 
 PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS 
 K
REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS 
 L INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS

 M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD 
 CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE 
 17. [ ] CONTRACTOR’S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT 
 Contractor is required to sign this document
and return copies to issuing office.) 
 Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the
services set forth or otherwise identified above and on any continuation sheets for the consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this
award/contract, (b) the solicitation, if any, and (c) such provisions, representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference herein. 
 (Attachments are listed herein.) 
 18. [X] AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document) 
 Your offer on Solicitation Number W911QY-04-R-0011-0001 REF: dated February 7, 2005 
 including
the additions or changes made by you which additions or changes are set forth in full above, is hereby accepted as to the items listed above and on any continuation sheets. This award consummates the contract which consists of the following
documents: (a) the Government’s solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual document is necessary. 
 19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print) 
 20A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER 
 PAMELA J BURLESON / CONTRACTING OFFICER 

TEL: (508) 233-4368 EMAIL: pamela.burleson@natick.army.mil 
 19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR 
 BY (Signature of person authorized to sign) 
 19C.
DATE SIGNED 
 20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 
 BY (Signature of Contracting Officer) 
 20C. DATE SIGNED 
 14-Apr-2005 
 NSN 7540-01-152-8069 
 PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE 
 26-107 
 GPO 1985 O - 469-794 
 STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85) 
 Prescribed by GSA

 FAR (48 CFR) 53.214(a) 
 The orders and modifications related to this contract have been omitted. 
 Global Defense Technology & Systems Inc. agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted order or modification to the Securities & Exchange Commission upon request. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 2 of 51 
 Section A - Solicitation/Contract Form 
 CK CONTRACT INFO 
 CONTRACTOR: SFA INC. 

1. Section B. Supplies and/or Services and Prices. 
 The following CLINS that were part of the Request for Proposal (RFP) DAAD16-04-R-0011 have been omitted from the award. SFA
did not price these CLINS and the Government requirement for these items do not exist with an award to SFA Inc. 
 CLIN 0001 FIRST ARTICLE TEST UNITS WITH TRAILERS 
 CLIN 0002 CK SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE

 CLIN 0003 CONTRACTOR SUPPORT 
 CLIN 0004 SUPPLEMENTAL FIRST ARTICLE TEST UNIT 
 CLIN 0005 FIRST ARTICLE TEST PLAN 
 CLIN 0006 FIRST ARTICLE TEST REPORT (FATR) 
 CLIN 0008 VALIDATION REPORT 
 CLIN 0009 SAFETY ASSESSMENT REPORT 
 CLIN 0010
MAC & SUPPORTABILITY ANALYSIS SUMMARIES 
 CLIN 0011 PROPOSED SPARE PARTS LIST (PSPL) 
 CLIN 0012 PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (036 REPORT) 
 CLIN 0013 ENGINEERING DATA FOR PROVISIONING (EDFP) 
 CLIN 0106 STORAGE 
 CLIN 0206 STORAGE 
 CLIN 0306 STORAGE 
 CLIN 0406 STORAGE 
 CLIN 0407 REFURBISH
SUPPLEMENTAL FAT UNIT 
 CLIN 0014, CONTRACTOR TRAINING SUPPORT is also omitted from award. SFA submitted a
proposed price of $10,244.12 for this effort, however, the Government determined that the requirement no longer exist and does not accept their offer. 
 2. Section F. Deliveries or Performance 
 The
Government accepted SFA’s proposed deliver schedule and removed the Government’s required delivery schedule from 52.21 1-8. 
 3. Section G. Contract Administration 
 The Contracting Officer and Contract Specialist
are changed to Pamela Burleson and Roberta Boswell respectively. Telephone numbers and e-mail addresses are identified in paragraph Gl.c. 
 4. Section H. Special Contract Requirements 
 The
following sentenance is added to paragraph H4, Reopening Negotiations Prior to Exercise of Options: 
 “If
an agreement cannot be reached on the revised pricing the Government reserves the right to exercise the Options at the price stated in the contract.” 
 Paragraph H3, Ordering Sequence of Events, is removed and not used. The Government intends to award and proceed into production without conducting First Article Testing or Government
Testing. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 3 of 51 
 5. Section I. Contract Clauses 
 FAR Clause 52.209-3 First Article Approval-Contractor Testing (Sep 1989) Alternate II (Sep 1989) is removed. Requirement does not exsist. 
 6. Section J. List of Documents, Exhibits and Other Attachments 
 Contract Data Requirements Lists (CDRLS) A001, A002, A004-A009 are omitted from Exhibit A. Requirements no longer exsist.

 Attachment 6, Drawings of Containerized Kitchen Current Configuration is removed. Drawings provided in
DAAD16-04-R-0011 for “reference purposes only” during the solicitation process. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 4 of 51 
 Section B - Supplies or Services and Prices 
 BASE ORDERING PERIOD IS A ONE-YEAR PERIOD FROM THE DATE OF AWARD THROUGH 13 APR 2006 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLINS BEGINNING WITH CLIN 0007: 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0007 Technical Manual (TM) Technical Manual (TM) for Operator’s Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) for Containerized Kitchen (CK). See Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) A003 and SOW 
 C8.3, C13, & C14. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 1 Each $12,805.14 $12,805.14 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $12,805.14 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 
 1st OPTIONAL ORDERING PERIOD IS A ONE-YEAR PERIOD FROM 14 APRIL 2006 THROUGH 13 APRIL 2007 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLINS BEGINNING WITH CLIN 0101: 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0101 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Green Containerized Kitchens with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored green
in accordance with the Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 25 Each $155,282.73 $3,882,068.25 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,882,068.25 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 5 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0102 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Tan Containerized Kitchen with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored tan in
accordance with Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 25 Each $155,282.73 $3,882,068.25 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,882,068.25 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0103 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 1 CK Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 1 CK.
Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 1 Package $6,044.61 $6,044.61 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $6,044.61 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 6 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0104 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 2-6 CKs Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities
similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 2-6 CKs. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 1 Package $8,007.15 $8,007.15

 ESTIMATED NET AMT $8,007.15 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0105 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 7-15 CKs Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities
similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 7-15 CKs. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 1 Package $17,064.49
$17,064.49 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $17,064.49 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 
 2ND OPTIONAL ORDERING PERIOD IS
A ONE-YEAR PERIOD FROM 14 APRIL 2007 THROUGH 13 APRIL 2008 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLINS BEGINNING WITH CLIN 0201: 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 7 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0201 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Green Containerized Kitchens with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored green
in accordance with the Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 25 Each $157,618.99 $3,940,474.75 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,940,474.75 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0202 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Tan Containerized Kitchen with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored tan in accordance with Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. PURCHASE REQUEST
NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 25 Each $157,618.99 $3,940,474.75 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,940,474.75 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 8 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0203 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 1 CK Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities similar
to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 1 CK. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 1 Package $6,174.61 $6,174.61 

ESTIMATED NET AMT $6,174.61 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0204 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 2-6 CKs Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities
similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 2-6 CKs. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 1 Package $8,193.87 $8,193.87

 ESTIMATED NET AMT $8,193.87 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 9 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0205 1 Package $17,466.23 $17,466.23 
 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 7-15 CKs 
 Authorized
Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities 
 similar to those identified in
Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 7-15 CKs. Attachment 
 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is
provided for reference 
 purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $17,466.23 
 Funded Amount $0.00

 FOB: Destination 
 3RD OPTIONAL ORDERING PERIOD IS A ONE-YEAR PERIOD FROM 14 APRIL 2008 THROUGH 13 APRIL 2009 FOR THE 
 FOLLOWING CLINS BEGINNING WITH CLIN 0301: 
 ITEM NO
SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0301 25 Each $159,687.30 $3,992,182.50

 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Green 
 Containerized Kitchens with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored green in 
 accordance with the Statement of Work C3.2 and Cl0. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,992,182.50 
 Funded Amount
$0.00 
 FOR: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 10 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0302 25 Each $159,687.30 $3,992,182.50 
 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Tan 
 Containerized Kitchen with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored tan in 
 accordance with
Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,992,182.50 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0303 1 Package $6,149.12 $6,149.12 
 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 1 CK 
 Authorized
Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities 
 similar to those identified in
Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 1 CK. Attachment 5 is 
 the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is
provided for reference 
 purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $6,149.12 
 Funded Amount $0.00

 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 11 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0304 1 Package $8,218.80 $8,218.80 
 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 2-6 CKs 
 Authorized
Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities 
 similar to those identified in
Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 2-6 CKs. Attachment 5 
 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is
provided for reference 
 purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $8,218.80 
 Funded Amount $0.00

 FOB: Destination 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0305 1 Package $17,532.94 $17,532.94 
 OPTION ASL
Spares for Qty 7-15 CKs 
 Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities

 similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 7-15 CKs. Attachment 
 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference 
 purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $17,532.94 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 
 4TH OPTIONAL ORDERING PERIOD IS A ONE-YEAR PERIOD FROM 14 APRIL 2009 THROUGH 13 APRIL 2010 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLINS BEGINNING WITH CLIN 0401: 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 12 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0401 25 Each $159,916.37 $3,997,909.25 
 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Green 
 Containerized Kitchens with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored green in 
 accordance with
the Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,997,909.25 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0402 25 Each $159,916.37 $3,997,909.25 
 OPTION Containerized Kitchen / Trailer, Tan 
 Containerized Kitchen with fabric and all exterior surfaces colored tan in 
 accordance with
Statement of Work C3.2 and C10. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $3,997,909.25 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 13 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT QUANTITY 
 0403 1 Package $6,064.88 $6,064.88 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 1 CK Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the
items and quantities similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 1 CK. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED $6,064.88 
 NET AMT 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES
ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT QUANTITY 
 0404 1 Package $8,165.78 $8,165.78 OPTION ASL Spares for
Qty 2-6 CKs Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities similar to those identified in Attachment 5 for a Quantity of 2-6 CKs. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for
reference purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED $8,165.78 
 NET AMT 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 14 of 51 
 ITEM NO SUPPLIES/SERVICES ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED AMOUNT 
 0405 1 Package $17,433.58 $17,433.58 OPTION ASL Spares for Qty 7-15 CKs 
 Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Parts Package containing the items and quantities similar to those identified in Attachment 5
for a Quantity of 7-15 CKs. Attachment 5 is the ASL/PLL for the current CK configuration and is provided for reference purposes only. 
 PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER: W91A2K-4079-9030 
 ESTIMATED NET AMT $17,433.58 
 Funded Amount $0.00 
 FOB: Destination 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 15 of 51 
 Section C - Descriptions and Specifications 
 STATEMENT OF WORK 
 C1 SCOPE. This Statement of
Work (SOW) describes the work to be performed by the Contractor in conjunction with the fabrication, test, and delivery of the Containerized Kitchen (CK) with Trailer. The Contractor shall supply all necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and
materials (except for Government Furnished Property/Material indicated in Section H) to accomplish the requirements set forth herein. 
 C1.1 Background. The Containerized Kitchen (CK) program was initiated to design, fabricate, and field next generation field kitchens which will serve the needs of the Army into the 21st century, enhancing the capability to
meet evolving future feeding doctrine. The CK provides a labor efficient, rapidly deployable food preparation capability, able to prepare and serve a minimum of 800 meals up to three times per day. Configured within an 8-foot by 8-foot by 20-foot
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) container for transportation, the CK is compatible with current and projected Army transport assets. 
 C2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS. The following documents form a part of the SOW to the extent specified herein. In the event of a conflict between the documents referenced in this paragraph, and
the contents of the SOW, the contents of this SOW prevail. 
 C2.1 Military Specifications and Standards.

 MIL-PRF-32026 Containerized Kitchen, 3 June 1998 Rev A 
 MIL-DTL-53072C Chemical Agent Resistant Coating (CARC) System Application Procedures and Quality Control Inspection, 6 June
2003 
 C2.2 Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1) Clause 
 52.209-3 First Article Approval - Contractor Testing 
 C3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall manufacture and furnish the CK to meet the requirements of the Performance
Specification and this SOW. The Contractor shall utilize commercial products, processes, and practices when possible to reduce production and operational support costs. For the purposes of this contract, all reference to the Performance
Specification shall be construed to incorporate all requirements stated in the following paragraphs. 
 C3.1
Performance Specification. The CK shall meet all requirements in the Performance Specification for the Containerized Kitchen, MIL-PRF-32026 (Attachment 1), with the following exceptions: 
 C3.1.a When the CK is ordered Camouflage Green, 6 each, Fuel Cans, green, NSN 7240-01-337-5269 shall be provided. In
addition, item 3 of Table III, can water, plastic, 5-gallon, sand, NSN 7240-00-089-3827 shall be replaced with, can, water, plastic, 5-gallon, green, NSN 7240-01-506-4426 in the same quantity. 
 C3.1.b When the CK is ordered Tan, 6 each, Fuel Cans, tan, NSN 7240-01-337-5268, shall be provided. In addition, items 1 and
11 of Table III shall be replaced with, Beverage dispenser, 5-gallon, sand, NSN 7310-01-093-7371 and, Insulated food container, sand, NSN 7360-01-452-0686, respectively in the same quantities. 
 C3.1.c The first sentence of paragraph 3.3.1.5 of the performance specification shall be modified to read: The CK shall have
no less than one 110 volt, 15 amp, duplex outlet that is easily accessible in the mechanical room and no less than two 110 volt 15 amp outlets, which are easily accessible from the meal preparation area. 
 C3.2 Finish. The CK shall have nontoxic chemical agent resistant finish paint and stenciling paint in accordance with
MIL-DTL-53072C. External painted surfaces shall be Camouflage Green 383 or Tan 33446. External fabric 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 16 of 51 
 surfaces shall be dyed Camouflage Green 483 or Desert Tan 459. (MIL-DTL-53072C is available for download at
http://assist2.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/) 
 C3.3 Identification Plate. The CK shall have an identification plate
which is visible when the CK is mounted and dismounted from its trailer, in both transportation mode and operational mode, as defined in MIL-PRF-32026, Containerized Kitchen. The following information shall be provided on the identification plate:

 a. item nomenclature 
 b. manufacturer 
 c. contract number 
 d. national stock number 
 e. serial number 
 f. gross weight 
 g. dimensions which locate the center-of-gravity in the three planes (when configured for transportation) 
 C3.4 Environmental Controls. In addition to the requirements stated in MIL-PRF-32026, the environmental control capability
shall be designed to deliver cool air, with adjustable direction and flow rate, toward personnel working in the CK. 
 C3.5 Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) certification. The final fully integrated CK design shall be certified for compliance with Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) issued by an approved authority designated as such by the
United States Coast Guard. The First Article Test Units and production units shall have a CSC safety approval plate with appropriate information and the plate shall be displayed as required by the appropriate Department of Transportation
regulations. Each container shall be affixed with the seal of the approval authority. 
 C4 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT.

 C4.1 Program Manager. The Contractor shall designate an individual as the Contractor’s Program Manager
(PM). The PM shall serve as the primary Point Of Contact (POC) between the Government and Contractor, and shall be responsible for the coordination of all Contractor activities related to the contract. The PM shall have the authority to commit the
Contractor to specific courses of action and accept direction from the Contracting Officer or their authorized representative(s). The PM shall be responsible for coordinating all meetings between the Government and the Contractor. The PM shall be
responsible for bringing to the Contracting Officer’s attention any conflicts in the Contractor’s interpretation of the contract requirements (first by telephone and followed in writing) or problems that could adversely affect the
Contractor’s ability to meet the stated quality, cost, or production/delivery schedule requirements. 
 C5
MEETINGS. 
 C5.1 Location of Meetings. Unless otherwise stated in the SOW all meetings referenced in Section C5
will be conducted at the Contractor’s facility. Also, the Government, at the request of the Contractor, will review any motions to combine meetings. The Contractor shall notify the Government of any changes to the scheduled meetings at least 7
days prior to the scheduled meeting, in order for the Government to coordinate participants and prepare for the meeting. 
 C5.2 Post Award Conference. The Contractor shall coordinate, schedule and conduct a Post Award Conference (PAC) with the Government at the Contractor’s facility. The Government anticipates this conference to be conducted within
30 calendar days of contract award. The purpose of the conference will be discussion of: Project orientation, transfer of background information, and contractual requirements. The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel and sub-contractors of the
contract effort be in attendance. Scheduling of the PAC shall not change the delivery schedule of the contract. The Contractor shall be prepared to: 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 17 of 51 
 a. Conduct a review of the system requirements to ensure that they have been completely and properly identified and that
there is a mutual understanding of the system requirements between the Government and the Contractor. 
 b.
Conduct a review of the design to verify its capability to meet the Performance Specification. 
 c. Make
available to Government representative(s) the documentation for production planning, manufacturing methods and controls, material and manpower resource allocation, production engineering, quality control and assurance program, production management
organization, and controls over major subcontractors. 
 d. Make final arrangements for receipt of Government
Furnished Equipment (GFE). 
 e. Document the PAC minutes and distributes those minutes via e-mail to the entire
PAC attendees NLT a week from the PAC. 
 C5.3 Guidance Conference. The date and time for the Guidance Conference
(GC) will be established during the PAC. This meeting shall take place at the Soldier Systems Center in Natick, MA within 30 days after the PAC to clarify all matters relating to development, preparation, and submission of contract data
deliverables. The contractor shall be prepared to discuss all TM requirements as well. Additional guidance will be available through In-Process Review meetings. The GC will review milestones for the delivery and format of the Technical Data (TD)
(CLINS 0005 through 0014). 
 C5.4 Pre-Production Review. The purpose of this review will be to verify that all
lessons learned during First Article Tests and Government Field Evaluations have been incorporated into the design and technical data prior to full-scale production. At this time the Contractor shall demonstrate their readiness to begin full-scale
production. The Contractor, prior to beginning full-scale production, shall schedule this review upon approval of the FAT Plan by the Government. 
 C5.5 In Process Reviews. The Contractor shall be prepared to host In Process Reviews (IPRs) not more than quarterly at their facility to review the progress of their effort throughout the
Basic Ordering Period. IPRs shall be conducted on dates mutually agreed upon between the Government and the Contractor’s Program Manager, with the Government making the decision of whether an IPR is necessary. Topics for the IPR shall include,
but is not limited to: manuals, provisioning, safety, system design, and quality assurance. The Contractor’s PM shall be prepared to brief the production status, schedule and any issues related to contract execution. 
 C5.6 Verification Conference. Verification is a Government responsibility. The contractor shall make available the necessary
personnel, facilities, equipment, tools, test equipment, supplies, and pertinent documents required for Government Verification. Verification will be scheduled in accordance with the CDRL for Data Item A003. Verification will take place at the
contractor’s facility. The contractor shall take corrective action resulting from the Verification and furnish the Final Reproducible Copy (FRC), digitized and PDF submissions, no later than the date specified on the DD Form 1423 for Data Item
A003. 
 C5.7 Provisioning Conference. The Government provisioning conference shall take place at the
Contractor’s facility within a week of the Verification Conference. The number of line items reviewed shall determine conference length. The Contractor should schedule approximately five (5) business days per 400 line items on the
Provisioning Parts List (PPL). The Contractor shall support the provisioning conference with a work area for the end item and office space with adequate worktables and chairs. Government personnel shall have access to copy machine, paper, and
telephone. The Contractor shall have one complete Government approved configuration of the end item(s) and associated contracted items for the Government provisioning conference. The Contractor shall provide (if required) labor for setup,
disassembly, or assembly of the end item(s) to the extent necessary to verify provisioning data. The Contractor shall provide a technical consultant(s) familiar with all aspects of the end item to provide logistics and engineering support to the
Government. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 18 of 51 
 C6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT. The Contractor shall implement and maintain an internal configuration management program for the
CK throughout the life of the contract. EIA649, ‘National Consensus Standard for Configuration Management’, may be used as a guide for the Contractor’s configuration management program. Copies of this document may be purchased at
http://www.eia.org 
 C6.1 Configuration Control. The Contractor shall use configuration control to manage
proposed changes beginning with the submission of the First Article Test items. Configuration control shall be used to document the impact of proposed changes and to update configuration documentation. Following acceptance of the First Article
Units, the Contractor shall not alter the design in form, fit, or function without prior approval from the Contracting Officer. 
 C6.2 Engineering Change Proposal (ECP). An ECP shall be prepared for proposed changes. At a minimum, the ECP shall include the following: 
 a. Date Prepared 
 b. ECP Number 
 c. Justification and Priority Code 
 d. System Designation (i.e. Cage Code, nomenclature, model, P/N) 
 e. Name of Part (or Lowest Assembly) Affected 
 f. Baselines Affected 
 g. Title of Change 
 h. Description of Change 
 i. Need for Change

 j. Effect on Interfaces (i.e. Integrated Logistics Support (ILS), Interchangeability and Interoperability)

 k. Total Costs/Savings 
 l. Retrofit Information (if applicable) 
 C6.3
Physical Configuration Baseline (PCBL). The Contractor shall control the PCBL using the change control and engineering release processes. The PCBL, which shall be in the Contractor’s own format, is the product performance requirement for
replacement assemblies and spare/repair parts, engineering drawings, parts lists, process specifications and computer software configuration items. The PCBL shall support interchangeability and interoperability to a replaceable part level. All
baselines shall be documented in the configuration status accounting database. 
 C7 TEST AND EVALUATION.

 C7.1 Test Definition. The contract requires two sets of First Article Testing, as defined by Table V of the
performance specification. The first is to be conducted on the two (2) First Article Test units (CLIN 0001), and the second testing will be conducted on a manufacturing sample (CLIN 0004). To avoid confusion, this second test will be called a
Supplemental First Article Test. 
 C7.2 First Article Test (FAT). The Contractor shall conduct First Article
Testing on a minimum of two units to verify conformance to the requirements in the Performance Specification. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and scheduling all First Article Testing utilizing the appropriate facilities,
equipment and procedures. The contractor may use Government test facilities, on a non-interference basis, for performance of some or all of the required First Article Tests. Reimbursement to the testing activity will include all direct and indirect
costs associated with the testing. Prior to acceptance of the First Article Test Units, the Contractor shall be required, at no additional cost to the Government, to repair or replace any units, which are not in compliance with the Performance
Specification, as well as any units damaged as a result of First Article testing. After acceptance of the First Article Test Units, the contractor shall deliver the two units with their System Support Packages (CLIN 0002) to Aberdeen Proving
Grounds, Maryland for the Government to begin testing. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 19 of 51 
 C7.3 Government Testing. The Government will conduct their testing following acceptance of the First Article Test Units.
Government testing includes developmental testing and operational testing (i.e., all Government testing prior to full scale production). 
 C7.4 Technical Representation. The Contractor shall provide technical representation to support the Government testing by providing a technical representative in person, via telephone or
facsimile communications between the working hours of 8:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M. (in the time zone where the tests are being conducted). The Contractor shall also provide a minimum of 30 days (non-consecutive) of support in person, on approximately
four separate trips, when requested by the Government, to support Government testing at Aberdeen Test Center, Aberdeen, Maryland. The technical representative shall be sufficiently conversant with the Contractor’s product to provide any needed
guidance to the Government Representatives. 
 C7.5 Supplemental First Article Test. The contractor shall conduct
the Supplemental First Article Test on a manufacturing sample, not a first article prototype. This test is required by the Government test agencies to verify corrective actions are made on the production units prior to delivery to the soldiers. The
Government will not require all of the first article tests to be repeated, but will only require the first article tests necessary to verify that all deficiencies identified during all previous testing have been corrected. It is the
Government’s objective to minimize this testing and perform only the tests required to verify the changes made on the production items. The Supplemental First Article Test Unit shall remain at the Contractor’s facility for the duration of
the contract. At the completion of the contract, the unit shall be cleaned, upgraded to the final CK configuration, and delivered for Government inspection and acceptance prior to fielding as a Production Unit. 
 C8 TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, DATA AND REPORTS. 
 C8.1 Test Plans/Procedures. The Contractor shall provide test plans/procedures which describe both the First Article and Supplemental First Article Tests and the Production Tests and
verifications for the CK in accordance with CDRL A001. The plan procedures for the Production Test and the Supplemental First Article Test shall be a subset of the First Article Test plan and procedures. 
 C8.2 Test/Inspection Report. The Contractor is required to submit a First Article Test/Inspection Report in accordance with
CDRL A002. Upon completion of the First Article Test, the Government may approve, conditionally approve, or reject the First Articles in accordance with Section I, Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Clause 52.209-3, First Article Approval -
Contractor Testing. The Supplemental First Article Test results will be included in the First Article Test Report. The Government Approval of the final FAT Report will not be provided until the results of the Supplemental First Article Test have
been included in the FAT Report and reviewed by the Government. 
 C8.3 Technical Manuals for Operators, Unit and
Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List. The Contractor shall provide an instruction/operation and care/maintenance manual for the CK. The manual shall describe the procedures for set up, tear down, operation,
maintenance, repair, and storage of the CK. All technical manuals (i.e., the manual for the CK and the GFE manuals for the generator, Modern Burner Unit, and MBU power converter) shall be packed with each CK produced. The Contractor shall provide
the manual for the CK in accordance with the SOW and CDRL A003. 
 C8.4 Validation Report. The contractor shall
provide a Validation Report in accordance with the SOW and CDRL A004. 
 C8.5 Safety Assessment Report. The
contractor shall provide Safety Assessment Report (SAR) in accordance with the SOW and CDRL A005. 
 C8.6
Provisioning. The contractor shall provide Provisioning Data in accordance with the SOW and CDRLS A006, A007, A008 and A009. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 20 of 51 
 C9 SPARE/REPAIR PARTS. The contractor shall identify and provide spare/repair parts (CDRL A007) for the CK in accordance with
the Provisioning Parts List (CDRL A008), for the life of the contract. The contractor shall provide an Authorized Stockage List (ASL) Package to support the CK. All individual parts are to be marked with National Stock Number (NSN) if assigned. If
no NSN has been assigned, individual parts shall be identified by part number. 
 C10 CK TRAILER. 
 C10.1 The Contractor shall provide the CK Trailer, NSN 2330-01-506-5979, and trailer manual with all First Article Test
Units, Supplemental First Article Test Unit, and Production Units unless otherwise directed by the Government. 
 C10.2 The CK Trailer, NSN 2330-01-506-5979, shall be painted TAN when supplied with TAN CKs. 
 C10.3 The CK shall be mounted and secured on the CK Trailer prior to delivery. 
 C11 WARRANTY
PERFORMANCE. The Contractor shall provide a warranty covering workmanship, materials, design, and compliance with the Performance Specification and this SOW. 
 C12 UPGRADES AND PRE-PLANNED PRODUCT IMPROVEMENTS: During the life of this contract, the Government may request the contractor to incorporate additional features into the system as part of
a Pre-Planned Product Improvement (P3I) program. P3I efforts may include, but not be limited to, container bail-bar system design; new heat transfer technologies for food service equipment; and gray water treatment and transfer technologies.

 C13 DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION OF EQUIPMENT PUBLICATIONS. 
 C13.1 The contractor shall develop and produce Technical Manual (TM) 10-7360-XXX-23&P, Containerized Kitchen (CK), to
include Repair Parts Special Tools List (RPSTL) and RPSTL artwork in accordance with this Statement of Work (SOW), the applicable military standards (MIL-STDs), regulations, and the TM Requirements Matrix (Attachment 2). 
 DATA ITEM 
 AUTHORITY 
 TITLE 
 SOW PARAGRAPH 
 A003 
 MIL-STD 40051-2 
 Operator’s Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) 

C13.3 
 A004 
 DI-MISC-80711A 
 Contractor Validation Report 
 C13.4 
 C13.2 Applicable Documents (TM) 

MIL-PRF-49506 
 Logistics Management Information. 
 MIL-STD-40051-2

 Department of Defense Standard Practice, Preparation of Digital Technical Information for Page-Based Technical
Manuals, 15 October 2004 
 MIL-STD-38784 & Chg 1 
 Standard Practice for Manuals, Technical General Style and Format Requirements, 2 July 1995 and Change Notice 1,
15 November 2000. 
 DOD FAR Supplement Clause 252.246-7001 Warranty of Data 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 21 of 51 
 D1-MISC-80711A Scientific and Technical Reports 
 MIL-HDBK-1222C Guide to the General Style and Format of U.S. Army Work Package Technical Manuals, 8 October 2004 (For Guidance Only) 
 AR 25-30 The Army Publishing Program, 2 June 2004 
 DA PAM 25-40 Army Publishing: Action Officers Guide, 29 December 2003 
 MIL-STD 40051-2, MIL-STD 38784, MIL-PRF 49506, DI-MISC-80711A, and MIL-HDBK 1222C are available at the following URL:
http://www.dodssp.daps.dla.mil 
 AR 25-30 and DA Pam 25-40 are available at the following URL:
http://www.usapa.army.mil 
 C13.3 Publication Requirements. The contractor shall produce a Preliminary Technical
Manual (PTM) (refer to DA PAM 25-40, paragraph 14-3b) in accordance with this SOW, CDRL A003 (TM for Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual, Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL)) and the TM Requirements Matrix
(Attachment 2) for Containerized Kitchen (CK). The PTM is required to meet all the format requirements of the applicable military specifications and standards and the technical content (operating and basic component maintenance instructions) must be
adequate for use in new equipment training prior to, and for use during, the technical testing period. The PTM may include information from preexisting manufacturer’s manuals, engineering drawings and engineering and test documentation.
Corrections to the PTM shall be made by the contractor to reflect results of technical testing. The contractor shall conduct a validation of the PTM (see SOW C13.4.), at which the Government reserves the right to act as observers. Corrections shall
be made to reflect the results of the contractor’s validation, and the resulting draft may be used as the 2nd submittal TM if the resulting draft complies with all format and content requirements of applicable standards and regulations.

 The contractor shall produce a 2nd submittal TM, 3rd submittal TM and Final Reproducible Copy (FRC) in
accordance with this statement of work, DD Form 1423, and the TM Requirements Matrix (Attachment 2). All maintenance procedures identified in the approved Two-Level Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) shall have corresponding maintenance,
troubleshooting or Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) procedures within the TM, as applicable. 
 All submissions must conform to format and content requirements in the applicable military standards and specifications. The 2nd submittal TM must include corrections from the contractor and Government testing, and the
contractor’s validation effort. The 3rd submittal TM shall include changes from Government review and testing. The FRC shall include final resolution of all comments and recommendations made as a result of validation, verification, and testing.
If errors are found in the FRC, it shall be considered a draft TM until the contractor corrects the errors. After Government approval of the FRC, it is submitted for printing and distribution or for distribution by means of electronic media. The
contractor shall produce RPSTL information and artwork as required. The RPSTL assemblies and subassemblies shall be in the same sequential order as the approved MAC. The RPSTL text, illustrations and indexes shall be in accordance with this SOW and
the MIL-STD 40051-2 RPSTL references as indicated in the TM Requirements Matrix included in Attachment 2. 
 After Government approval of the FRC, it is submitted for printing and distribution and for distribution by means of an electronic media. 
 C13.4 Contractor Validation. The contractor shall conduct a validation of the PTM produced in accordance with paragraph C13.3 and CDRL A003. This validation shall be held at the
contractor’s facility. The contractor shall notify the Government no less than 30 days prior to conducting the validation. The Government will schedule observers as needed. The contractor shall notify the Government, in writing, of the results
of the contractor validation in accordance with this SOW and CDRL A004. At a minimum, this correspondence shall include the 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 22 of 51 
 dates of the Validation effort, an overview of the effort, specific tasks validated and changes identified as a result of the
Validation. 
 C14 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIREMENTS. 
 C14.1 TM Over-pack Requirements. The contractor shall over-pack one copy of the Government furnished Department of the Army
authenticated technical manuals with each end item of contracted hardware delivered to the Government as prescribed on the applicable DD Form 1423. 
 C14.2 Digitized Delivery. The contractor shall submit digitized text and graphics (MS Word or equivalent) of the technical publications in accordance with MIL-STD 40051-2. The digitized
data shall reflect the content of the text and graphics contained in the FRC accepted by the Government. 
 C14.3
Portable Document Format (PDF). The Contractor shall submit a PDF file (Adobe Acrobat or equivalent) of the technical publications in accordance with MIL-STD 40051-2. The PDF file(s) shall reflect the content of the text and graphics contained in
the final reproducible copy (FRC) accepted by the Government. 
 C14.4 Acceptance or Rejection of Submissions. No
scheduled submission requirement shall be considered to have been met until the Government has accepted the submission. Acceptance or rejection of all submittals shall be based on whether they conform to contractual requirements. When a submission
is determined to be acceptable for Verification, the Government will coordinate and schedule the Verification conference in accordance with the schedule established on the CDRL for Data Item A003. 
 C14.5 Approved Technical Manual(s). An approved TM shall meet the requirements of this Statement of Work and meet content and
format requirements of applicable military specifications and standards. The contractor, at no additional cost to the Government, shall incorporate changes resulting from First Article Test (FAT) and the Supplemental First Article Test into the
manual. The Contractor shall ensure that data deliverables accurately reflect all changes resulting from approved Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Change Proposals (ECPs), Requests for Waiver (RFW), etc. The cost of data changes resulting
from DCNs, ECPs and RFWs shall be included in the basic cost for these items. 
 C14.6 Warranty of Data. Refer to
DOD FAR Supplement clause 252.246-7001 for warranty of data requirements and invocation stipulation. 
 C15
PROVISIONING 
 C15.1 This section of the Statement of Work (SOW) specifies tasks and actions required for
providing the Government a complete range of technical data necessary to ensure logistical support of the contracted end item. 
 C15.2 Reference 
 The following references are part of this SOW for delivery of technical data
as specified in this SOW and DD Form 1423. 
 DATA ITEM TITLE SOW PARAGRAPH 
 A006 Maintenance Allocation Chart and Supportability Analysis Summaries C15.5 
 A007 Proposed Spare Parts List (PSPL) C15.6 
 A008 Provisioning Parts List (PPL) C15.7 
 A009
Engineering Data For Provisioning (EDFP) C15.8 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 23 of 51 
 SPECIFICATIONS/STANDARDS TITLE 
 MIL-STD-40051-2 Department of Defense Standard Practice, Preparation of Digital Technical Information for Page-Based Technical Manuals, 15 October 2004 
 DI-ALSS-81530 Logistics Management Information (LMI) Summaries; 
 Maintenance Allocation Chart and Supportability Analysis Summaries 
 DI-ILSS-80134A Proposed Spare Parts List (PSPL) 
 DI-ALSS-81529 Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Product; Provisioning Parts List (PPL) 
 Statement of Work Engineering Data for Provisioning (EDFP) 
 OTHER PUBLICATIONS TITLE 
 H2/H6 Federal Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloging; available
for download at http://www.dlis.dla.mil/H6/ 
 H4/H8 Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC); available for
download at http://www.dlis.dla.mil/cage_welcome.asp 
 AR 700-82 and AR 750-1 are available for download at
http://www.usapa.army.mil. 
 MIL-PRF-49506 and Data Item Descriptions are available at
http://assist2.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch. 
 C15.3 REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall perform tasks specified as
follows: 
 C15.3.1 Provisioning Data Development. The Contractor shall identify to the Government the most
effective method of Logistics Management Information (LMI) development, delivery, and strive to eliminate unnecessary intermediate steps or deliverables. It is not the intent of the Government to prescribe the Automatic Data Processing (ADP)
software used for data processing. The ADP systems that are cost effective are encouraged. The LMI provisioning data product must be compatible between the Government and Contractor ADP systems. Provisioning data shall be submitted in accordance
with Performance Specification Logistics Management Information, MIL-PRF-49506 and shall contain all data elements selected from Appendix B (Attachment 4). 
 C15.3.2 Input media requirements for provisioning data: TACOM, ILSC, Soldier, Biological, Chemical uses the Army Materiel Command (AMC) developed Commodity Command Standard System (CCSS)
applications program to process provisioning data. These programs are designed to accept a 3 1/2 inch High Density Diskette or Compact Disk (CD) formatted with DOS 3.3 or higher and which meets the following criteria: 
 a. ASCII text file format 
 b. No header data 
 c. 80 columns in width

 d. Carriage return code for line end 
 Data submitted on the 3 1/2 inch High Density Diskette might be compressed if the decompression utility is submitted on the
diskette. The decompression utility must provide 100% decompression with no errors. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 24 of 51 
 C15.3.3 To verify the characteristics of a High Density Diskette, a transmittal letter or form, with the diskette
characteristics shall be used to convey the diskette to the recipient(s) specified on DD Form 1423. 
 C15.3.4
PowerLOG Logistics Support Data System is an acquisition logistics data management tool that satisfies requirements for the Logistics Management Information (LMI) and Logistics Support Analysis Record (LSAR). It can be used to develop, evaluate,
review and integrate logistics data for materiel systems and generate logistics support summaries such as the Provisioning Parts List (PPL), Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL), Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD), Maintenance
Allocation Chart (MAC), maintenance plan, Supporting Equipment Recommendation Data (SERD), Failure Modes Criticality Analysis (FMCA), packaging requirements and bill of materials. PowerLOG is downloadable at https://www.logsa.army.mil/alc/powerlog/.

 C15.4 Provisioning Quality Assurance and Data Review. To ensure that a mutual understanding of the
provisioning requirement exists between the Government and Contractor, the following conferences and reviews are required: 
 Guidance Conference (See SOW C5.3) 
 In-Process Review(s) (See SOW C5.5) 
 Provisioning Conference (See SOW C5.7)
 C15.4.1 Purpose of provisioning conference: Acquire and use provisioning technical documentation (PTD) and supplemental provisioning technical documentation (SPTS) to identify supply
support for the end item (EI). To complete provisioning actions associated with the provisioning decision process, that is, selecting, coding, computing, cataloging, procuring and distributing of support items. The provisioning conference will be
used as a tool to identify and verify the items on the Repair Parts Special Tools List (RPSTL) and concurrently listed on the Provisioning Parts List (PPL) supported with the Engineering Data for Provisioning (EDFP) against the as-built production
model of the end item. 
 C15.4.2 Objective: The primary objectives of the Army provisioning activities are to
ensure that minimum initial stocks of support items and associated technical documentation are available at using organizations and at maintenance and supply activities, and that logistics data are updated with field experience to assure maintenance
sustainment throughout the fielding process. The initial stocks are required to sustain the programmed operation of systems and EI until normal replenishment can be accomplished. Equipment will be provided to support the stated system availability
or system readiness objectives (SRO). Support is to be provided at the least initial investment cost to the Government. 
 C15.5 Maintenance Allocation Chart. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) designates overall authority and responsibility for the performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component within the Army
maintenance system. The MAC shall be prepared in Top down Break down sequence, in two-level format, and contain all functional groups that require maintenance. The Contractor shall prepare the MAC in hard copy and electronic format. The MAC shall
include all maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules. No item will be deleted from the MAC without prior Government approval. If a maintenance function is a replacement function only for a repair part, the item
shall not be listed in the MAC, unless not listing the item would result in deletion of the group number, in which case the item shall be listed in order to retain the functional group number. Items requiring a test procedure before replacement
shall also be listed on the MAC. 
 C15.5.1 The MAC will be prepared in accordance with the Army Maintenance
System per Army Regulation (AR) 750-1. The Army Maintenance System levels are as follows: 
 a. Unit. 

b. Direct Support (DS) 
 c. General Support (GS) 
 d. Depot (if justified)

 The final MAC will be prepared in the two-level format prescribed by MIL-STD-40051-2, Appendix G, Figure G-7.

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 25 of 51 
 SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 
 NOMENCLATURE OF END ITEMS: 
 (1) GROUP NUMBER

 (2) COMPONENT/ASSEMBLY 
 (3) MAINTENANCE FUNCTION 
 (4) MAINTENANCE CATEGORY
C O F H D 
 (5) TOOLS & EQUIPMENT 
 (6) REMARKS 
 C15.5.2 Unit maintenance is performed by a crew, the operator of the equipment, or unit maintenance personnel. It is characterized by quick turnaround based on repair by replacement and minor repairs. Maintenance operations
normally assigned to the unit level include the following: 
 a. Inspection by sight and touch of external and
other easily accessible components. 
 b. Lubrications, cleaning, preserving, tightening, and minor adjustments
to easily accessible mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic systems. 
 c. Diagnosis and isolation of
material malfunctions that can be readily traced to a defective module (component or assembly). 
 (1) Easy to
interpret built-in Test Equipment (BITE). 
 (2) Simple “go-no-go” indicators. 
 (3) Installed instrumentation. 
 (4) Easy to use and interpret external diagnostic and fault isolation devices such as automatic test equipment. 
 d. Replacement of modules on a time change basis or those determined to be worn, damaged, or otherwise defective that:

 (1) Can be readily removed and installed with easy-to-use common tools. 
 (2) Do not require critical adjustment, calibration, or alignment before or after installation. 
 e. Replacement of easily accessible unserviceable parts usually not requiring special tools or test material (e.g. knobs,
gauges, wheels, track shoes, and expandable antennae). 
 C15.5.3 Direct Support (DS) is characterized by highly
mobile forward orientation repair of items by replacement of unserviceable modules. Direct Support will be used more in mobile teams to assist with forward repair. Operations normally assigned to this level include the following: 
 a. Diagnosis and isolation of material or module malfunctions, adjustment, and alignment of modules that can be readily
completed with assigned tools and Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE). 
 b. Maintenance on organic
TMDE; repair and calibration of organic and supported units system-peculiar TMDE. 
 c. Operation of a Repairable
Exchange facility to include the repair of designated unserviceable modules and components. 
 d. Provision of
quick reaction material readiness and technical assistance support to unit maintenance elements by the use of highly mobile maintenance support teams to perform or assist in the performance of authorized malfunction diagnosis (to include battle
damage assessment), adjustment, alignment, repair, and replacement of modules and end items on site. 
 C15.5.4
General Support (GS) will perform all maintenance functions beyond the capability of DS. General Support maintenance is characterized by semi-fixed facilities. Maintenance at this level will be job or production line operations. Operations normally
assigned to GS maintenance include the following: 
 a. Diagnosis and isolation of material and module
malfunctions to the internal part level; adjustment, alignment, and repair of material and modules. 
 b.
Replacement of defective modules beyond the authorized capability of lower maintenance levels. 
 c. Repair of
modules or components by grinding or machining, beyond the capability of DS. 
 d. Repair of modules by
replacement of internal and external parts. 
 e. Performance of heavy body, hull, turret, and frame repair to
include: 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 26 of 51 
 (1) Steel and aluminum welding 
 (2) Wood and machine cutting 
 (3) Pressing,
shearing, sanding, and painting 
 f. Maintenance on organic TMDE. Repair and calibration of organic and support
units systems-peculiar TMDE. 
 C15.5.5 Depot Maintenance will be primarily production-line-oriented. Maintenance
capability will include overhaul, modification, calibration, analytical, special, and nondestructive testing/inspection, cannibalization and fabrication of item not supported by the supply system. Depot Maintenance designation shall be supported by
the Operational Requirements Document (ORD), Supportability Analysis Summaries and detailed by the Depot Maintenance Work Requirement (DMWR). 
 C15.5.6 Supportability Analysis Summaries for MAC. 
 Purpose of Summaries: To set forth basic principles, objectives, policies, and assign responsibilities for maintenance and provisioning of the end items. To provide guidance for planning, managing, executing, and evaluating
provisioning programs within the framework of the Acquisition process using Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) techniques. 
 The summaries provide maintenance planning information to the Government that may be used to develop initial fielding plans for the end item support structure. These summaries may also be used to verify that the maintenance actions
and support structure are aligned with the Government’s requirements and maintenance concept. The report(s) shall consist of information in support of the development of the MAC and shall detail the analysis behind MAC maintenance times,
maintenance levels and functional group breakdown. The summary depicts the average man-hours required to perform one occurrence of a maintenance function at a specific maintenance level. The displayed average is weighted by the task frequencies
associated with the maintenance functions. Report(s) may be prepared in contractor format and shall be submitted with the MAC. Appendix A of MIL-PRF-49506 (Attachment 3) outlines supportability analysis summary requirements. 
 C15.5.6.1 Government Approval and Acceptance of MAC. The Contractor shall submit the MAC with Supportability Analysis
Summaries to the Government during the required In Process Review. After Government review and acceptance of MAC breakdown and supportability analysis summaries, the approved MAC shall form the base line for the associated technical manuals and
provisioning effort. Any revision made to the MAC after Government acceptance shall be reviewed at an IPR and approved by the Government. 
 C15.6 Proposed Spare Parts List. The Contractor shall submit a Proposed Spare Parts List (PSPL) that is formatted in the same sequence as the MAC in top down breakdown sequence. This list,
structured at the end item level, shall include all parts, materials etc., required for the maintenance and operation of the end item. The PSPL shall contain all tools, test equipment (including built-in test), repair kits and repair parts sets
required to maintain and operate the end item. 
 C15.6.1 The PSPL content shall include the following:

 a. All consumable and expendable items. 
 b. Complete item name. 
 c. Prime manufacturer or vendor part number. 
 d.
Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC). 
 e. National Stock Number (NSN). (If known) 
 f. Quantity per end item. 
 g. Unit of issue (e.g., each, feet, lot). 
 h.
Estimated unit price, if exact price is not known. 
 i. Recommended quantity to sustain operation of the end
item for one year of operation. 
 j. Alphanumeric numbering of items on list. 
 k. Shelf life (if not indefinite). 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 27 of 51 
 C15.6.2 General rules for consolidating parts into kits are: 
 a. Seventy percent or more of the non-common hardware parts are applied during most single repair actions. 
 b. Application of seventy percent or more of the kit will improve reliability of the repaired item. 
 c. Cost of the kit parts less common hardware is thirty percent or less than the item to which applied 
 C15.6.3 Common and Bulk Items will be accounted for in their normal position within the top down breakdown sequence. Bulk
items will be listed for all items that are source coded “M”(make). Bulk items are items such as electrical wire or gasket material that the repair item is made from. 
 C15.6.4 The Contractor shall make maximum use of existing Government numbers for all common hardware items. In all cases,
where they exist, the Contractor will use Military Specifications (MIL-SPEC), Military Standard (MS), Federal Specifications (FED-SPEC) or other Government standard numbers for provisioning items such as, but not limited to, nuts, bolts, washers,
wire, rope, screws, lubricants, springs, roll pins, and clevis pins. 
 C15.6.5 The PSPL shall contain a separate
listing of all proposed Component of End Items (COEI), Basic Issue Items (BII) and Additional Authorization List items (AAL). COEI are major components/spares that make up the end item. These items are part of the end item and must be with the end
item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. BII are essential ancillary items required to operate the equipment and to enable it to perform the mission and function for which it was designed or intended. BII items are
required to put the end item into operation, operate it, and do emergency repairs. AAL items are not issued as part of major end items and are not listed on end item engineering drawings as part of the end item national stock number (NSN). AAL items
are optional and used to support the end item during operation. 
 C15.6.6 The PSPL shall identify any deviation
of repair parts from all previous models of the end item. 
 C15.7 Provisioning Parts List. The Contractor shall
prepare a Provisioning Parts List (PPL) with all data elements selected from Appendix B of MIL-PRF-49506 (See Attachment 4) in 80-card column format. The PPL shall be a recommended Spares List from the contractor to the Government for Initial
procurement of repair parts. The PPL shall be in a Top-Down breakdown structure consistent with the MAC. The MAC, RPSTL AND PPL organization shall be consistent. All National Stock Number (NSN) items shall be Source coded “P”. Procured and
non-procured items should be coded consistent with Army Regulation 700-82. The end item shall be numbered Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN) AAAA. Repair items will start with PLISN 0010 and each following item incremented by a minimum
of 10. Deviation of PLISN numbering shall be addressed to the Government. 
 C15.7.1 Common and Bulk Items will
be accounted for in their normal position within the top down breakdown sequence when maintenance practices establish a need for a “manufacture from” item. A minimum of two (2) “make from” entries is required to list an item
as a bulk item. The appearance of an item using a bulk material will list that dimension used at the particular application/location and will have a unique and individual part number identifying it. The PLISN listing the actual bulk item will
reflect the actual part number for the bulk material. If a portion of bulk item appears more than once, each appearance will require a PLISN listing of that portion at that location. Bulk items are listed in the PPL by the drawing number of location
of where the item is to be installed and identified by CAGE and Part Number. Additional remarks in the description column identify size, length or shape of these items. The stocked bulk item (bulk material the portions are manufactured from) will
appear in the PPL at the end of the PLISN structure. Bulk items shall be listed in a bulk items list at the end of the RPSTL in functional group 99. Bulk items list will contain the total quantity of the item used on the end item. 
 C15.7.2 The Contractor shall use an approved item name for all entries in the PPL for any repair parts. The Contractor shall
review the H6 Federal Name Directory and select the most appropriate name for the provisioned item. Selected approved item name will be used in all technical manual (TM) maintenance processes and procedural references. Contractor naming will he
reviewed at the Government provisioning conference to determine acceptance or rejection of submitted approved item names. Deviation from approved item names may be addressed at this 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 28 of 51 
 conference. The Contractor shall update the TM, PPL, and RPSTL with the Government accepted and approved item name of the
provisioned item. 
 C15.7.3 Contractor shall prescreen all submitted repair parts (CAGEC and Part number) for
existing National Stock Numbers (NSN) within the Department of Defense supply system and include this information on the submitted PPL. Contractor shall keep a record all NSN research efforts and final results. Confirmation of screened NSNs on PPL
will take place at the Government Provisioning Conference by Defense Logistics Information Service (DLIS). The DLIS screening of the PPL will be utilized to update the PPL. The DLIS screening results will take precedence over all other references.
On near matches between the PPL reference numher and the DLIS screening results, the Government will determine the correct reference number and configuration for the PPL. The Government will determine the final Source, Maintenance and Recoverability
(SMR) code. The Contractor shall update the PPL and RPSTL with the Government approved SMR, CAGEC, part number, NSN, and description of the provisioned item. 
 C15.7.4 The PPL shall be available at the Provisioning Conference 
 C15.7.5 The PPL shall contain all data fields selected from MIL-PRF-49506, Appendix B before being accepted by the Government. The PPL report shall pass the Commodity Command Standard System Provisioning Master Record Pre-edit with
an error rate of less than 2% before final acceptance by the Government. The Government will determine acceptance or rejection of material and notify Contractor within 30 days of submission. If rejected the Contractor will have 30 days for necessary
corrections and return to the Government. 
 C15.8 Engineering Data for Provisioning. Engineering Data for
Provisioning (EDFP) is used to describe parts/assemblies and consist of data such as engineering drawings, specifications, standards, photographs, sketches and descriptions, dimensions and the necessary assembly and general arrangement drawings,
schematic diagrams, wiring and cable diagrams, etc., needed to indicate the physical characteristics, location, and function of the item. Engineering Data for Provisioning shall clearly and completely identify the item and who (Commercial and
Government Entity Code) either produces the item or from whom the item was purchased. All sources of supply used by the Contractor to procure each item listed on the PPL shall be identified. 
 C15.8.1 EDFP is used to ensure items entered into the Army supply system are cataloged correctly and can be procured. EDFP is
used to identify the provisioned item and to identify to other Government organizations what specifically to buy to support the end item. Data submitted without a Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) shall be rejected. 
 C15.8.2 EDFP shall be provided for each item appearing on the Provisioning Parts List (PPL), first appearance only, except
for items that are documented by the Government drawings, specifications or standards, or nationally recognized industry association specifications or standards. At a minimum, the technical documentation must provide the following: technical
identification of items for maintenance of items for maintenance support consideration to include its location within the next higher assembly, i.e., internal locations of an electrical component within an engine starter assembly. If the drawing,
commercial literature, specification or standard does not identify the location of the part within the end item, then a sketch or illustration must be attached to that specific document. The Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) artwork will
be acceptable if approved by the Government. The technical documentation shall be provided on hardcopy and electronic media. 
 C15.8.3 Technical Data submitted and EDFP shall be annotated with the Provisioning Contract Control Number (PCCN), Provisioning Control Code (PCC), Provisioning Line Item Sequence Number (PLISN), Commercial and Government Entity Code
(CAGEC) and manufacturers part number. Technical data and EDFP will match the data/drawing to the PLISN on the Provisioning Parts List (PPL) for all items. On Associated List, the alphanumeric numbering (PLISN) will appear next to the item
identification. The Engineering Drawings and Associated List will be provided in Alpha Numeric numbering (PLISN) sequence to be compatible with the PPL. If commercial literature is provided, the CAGEC and Alphanumeric (PLISN) numbering will be
annotated next to the appropriate manufacturers part number with the PCCN. The specifications, or standard must also have the alpha numeric (PLISN) numbering annotated next to the specific item. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 29 of 51 
 C15.8.4 EDFP will be organized in alphanumeric order by the PLISN sequence and consistent with the MAC and Repair Parts
Special Tools List (RPSTL). 
 C15.8.5 Engineering Data for Provisioning shall be available at the Government
Provisioning Conference. Acceptance or rejection of the submitted material will be determined at the Government Provisioning Conference. 
 C15.8.6 EDFP submitted when the contractor or original manufacture has proprietary data rights will be marked in such a manner as to identify the rights, limited or unlimited. These
markings shall be in accordance with Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 252.227-7013, Rights In Technical Data. 
 C.16 SYSTEM SAFETY. 
 C16.1. The contractor shall meet all the safety related paragraphs in
MIL-PRF-32026. The contractor’s design is based on performance criteria, therefore, the contractor shall establish system safety processes and procedures to integrate hazard identification, assessment, and elimination or control into the design
and production effort required by this contract. Safety or Health hazards shall be eliminated or reduce to a Risk Assessment Code of IE, IID, IID, IV, or less. MIL-STD-882D may be used as guidance. 
 C16.2. The contractor shall perform a comprehensive and detailed evaluation of the safety risk being assumed by the
Government through the operation and maintenance of the contractor’s product. The contractor’s evaluation shall identify all safety features of the system design, identify specific nationally recognized safety related standards or test
laboratories the system or its components comply with, and verify compliance with safety requirements of the Government’s equipment purchase description. In addition, the contractor shall identify and evaluate any procedural or design related
hazards that may be present in the system, and develop the specific controls and precautions that should be followed during system use to prevent personnel injury or equipment damage. Health related hazards (e.g., noise, hazardous chemicals, toxic
substances), as well as physical hazards, shall be addressed. Any hazards subsequently discovered during production and fielding shall be eliminated or reduced below the above identified risk assessment codes (RACs) and appropriate warnings be
incorporated in the TMs by the contractor at no additional cost to the Government. 
 C16.3. The results of the
contractor’s safety evaluation shall be submitted to the Government in a Safety Assessment Report (SAR) (CDRL A005). Contractor format may be used but the content shall include the information specified in DI-SAFT-80102B. The hazard list
specified in DI-SAFT-80102B shall include the following information for each hazard, as a minimum: 
 a.
Description of the hazard. 
 b. Initial hazard risk assessment code. 
 c. Actions taken or required to eliminate or control the hazard (e.g., design changes, warning or caution signs on the
equipment, safe procedures and precautions in technical manuals). 
 d. Final hazard risk assessment code, which
takes into account the control measure. 
 e. Status of corrective action (i.e., indicate if actions are
complete, or identify any remaining contractor or government actions necessary to resolve the hazard). 
 f. The
hazard risk assessment code for each hazard identified shall be assigned by using the definitions and matrix given below. 
 g. Definitions for hazard severity. 
 (1) Category 1 - CATASTROPHIC; the total destruction of
the system, or an injury or occupational illness resulting in a fatality or permanent total disability. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 30 of 51 
 (2) Category 2 - CRITICAL; major system damage requiring system overhaul, or severe injury or occupational illness resulting
in a permanent partial disability. 
 (3) Category 3 - MARGINAL; minor system damage requiring maintenance that
would cause down time beyond the day, minor injury causing loss of time from work beyond the day or shift, or minor occupational illness causing loss from work or disability at any time. 
 (4) Category 4 - NEGLIGIBLE; system damage, injury or occupational illness less than that specified in categories I, II, and
III. 
 h. Definitions for hazard probability. 
 (1) Category A - FREQUENT; likely to occur frequently (continually experienced in the inventory). 
 (2) Category B - PROBABLE; will occur several times (will occur frequently within the inventory). 
 (3) Category C - OCCASIONAL; likely to occur some time (will occur several times within the inventory). 
 (4) Category D - REMOTE; unlikely but possible to occur (unlikely but can reasonably be expected to occur within the
inventory). 
 (5) Category E - IMPROBABLE; so unlikely, it can be assumed occurrence may not be experienced
(unlikely to occur within the inventory, but possible). 
 i. Hazard risk assessment code. The hazard risk
assessment code is a combination of the hazard severity and hazard probability categories as depicted in the table below. 
 Hazard Risk Assessment Code Matrix. 
 HAZARD SEVERITY 
 Catastrophic 
 Critical 
 Marginal 
 Negligible 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 HAZARD PROBABILITY 
 A 
 1A 
 2A 
 3A 
 4A 
 B 
 1B 
 2B 
 3B 
 4B 
 C 
 1C 
 2C 
 3C 
 4C 
 D 
 1D 
 2D 
 3D 
 4D 
 E 
 1E 
 2E 
 3E 
 4E 
 C17 TRAINING PACKAGE SUPPORT. 
 The contractor
shall provide support to the Government and the Government’s contractor for the development of the CK training package. This support shall include technical personnel, access to the CK, CK components, and office space with adequate worktables
and chairs. The contractor shall provide (if required) labor for setup, disassembly, or assembly of the end item(s) to the extent necessary to develop the training data. The contractor’s technical personnel shall be familiar with all aspects of
the CK. The contractor shall provide this support for a minimum of 20 days (non-consecutive), The support shall begin during the development of the First Article units and continue thru the completion of the design, which includes the development of
the manual. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 31 of 51 
 Section D - Packaging and Marking 
 SECTION D. PACKAGING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE 
 a.
The Containerized Kitchen (CK) and associated spare/repair parts shall be preserved, packaged and packed for shipment in accordance with ASTM-D-3951-98. 
 b. The Contractor shall develop cost efficient packaging data for all newly provisioned items using MIL-STD- 2073-ID as a guide. The Contractor may recommend commercial alternatives to
military and Federal specifications and standards when they meet U.S. Army packaging requirements for packaging, transportation, storage, and handling in extreme environments. 
 c. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation, packaging, and packing of its spare items, such that adequate
protection is provided against corrosion, deterioration, and physical damage during shipment, handling and storage until the time of its use. The levels of preservation, packaging, and packing shall be Level C and shall be accomplished in accordance
with MIL-STD-2073-ID. 
 d. Level C. Protection shall be required to meet the most severe worldwide shipment,
handling, and storage conditions. A Level C pack must, in tandem with the applied preservation, be capable of protecting material from the effects of direct exposure to extremes of climate, terrain, and operational and transportation environments.

 e. The CK and repair/spare parts shall be preserved, packaged, and packed for shipment in accordance with
MIL-STD-2073-ID. 
 f. All hardware necessary for erection and operation of the shelter shall be secured within
the shelter as specified on the drawings. The parts in the equipment container and in the shelter shall be secured and padded, as required, to insure that no damage shall occur to the parts, the equipment container, or to the shelter during
shipment. Items shall be packed in polyethylene bag and boxed conforming to style RSC-L, grade V3x of ASTM D 5118. End-loading or top-loading boxes are acceptable. Each box shall be closed (method 2A2, 2A4, 2B3, 2B4, 2B7, 2D3, or 2D6) and sealed
(method B) in accordance with ASTM D 1974. This applies to spare parts only and does not apply to the system. 
 g. The following packaging requirements are based on a HQ Department of the Army (HQDA) Memorandum dated 9 July 2002. “HDQA Implementation of Department of Defense (DOD) Policy on the European Community Decision on Entry of
Non-manufactured Wood Products into Europe.” This policy will serve to ensure both the European Community (EC) and United Nations (UN) International Plant Protection Convention (IPPC) measures are met. All shipments shall comply with the
following requirements: 
 All wood packaging comprised in whole or in part of non-manufactured wood of conifers,
except that of the Thuja, originating in Canada, China, Japan and the United States and similar packaging including pallets, boxes, crates, load boards and pallet collars, whether or not actually in use in the transport of objects of all kinds shall
be: 
 (1) Heat treated or kiln dried to a minimum core temperature of 56 degrees Centigrade at least 30 minutes
in a closed chamber or kiln which has been tested, evaluated and approved officially by The American Lumber Standard Committee (ALSC) for this purpose. In addition the wood shall display an official ALSC approved heat treated or kiln-dried marking
enabling the identification of where and by whom the above treatment has been completed. 
 (2) The box/pallet
manufacturer and the manufacturer of wood used as inner packaging shall be authorized as an inspection agency accredited by the Board of Review of the American Lumber Standard Committee, P.O. Box 210, Germantown, Maryland, 20875-0210 (Phone
301-972-1700). The quality 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 32 of 51 
 mark shall be placed on both ends of the outer packaging, between and end cleats or end battens, on two sides of the pallet.

 h. Marking for shipment and storage shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-129P and MIL-STD-130, Unique
Identification (UID) is a mandatory requirement. Shipping container markings shall be durable and legible and shall include the item nomenclature, national stock number (after assigned), quantity, weight and cube, contract number, and Contractor
name and address. 
 i. The Contractor’s commercial practice is acceptable in the event these provide the
required protection IAW American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM-D-3951. 
 j. Items shall be shipped to
the addresses specified in each Delivery Order. All shipments shall be marked with the contract and delivery order number(s). 
 NOTE: 
 Referenced Military Standards and Handbooks are available at
http://assist2.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch. 
 The following American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) have
been adopted by the Department of Defense (DOD). Copies of these documents may be purchased from the American Society for Testing and Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, United States, 19428-2959. http://www.astm.org/

 ASTM-Dl974-98, Standard Practice for Methods of Closing, Sealing, and Reinforcing Fiberboard Boxes1

 ASTM-D3951-98, Standard Practice for Commercial Packaging1 
 ASTM-D5118/D5118M-95, Standard Practice for Fabrication of Fiberboard Shipping Boxes1 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 33 of 51 
 Section E - Inspection and Acceptance 
 El. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS 
 a. The
Contractor shall be responsible for submitting items that conform to the contract requirements. The Contractor shall perform all necessary inspections and tests to assure conformance prior to submitting items to the Government. Any items submitted
which do not conform to the Performance Specifications or SOW shall be corrected by the Contractor. 
 b. The
Contractor shall establish and maintain an effective system to assure that only acceptable items are presented to the Government. The Contractor shall establish methods to verify the requirements specified in the Performance Specification
(Attachment 1). The Contractor is required to repair or replace any defective items. The Government reserves the right to witness all Contractor inspections, inspect documentation, and perform those verification tests it deems necessary to determine
conformance to specified requirements. 
 c. The Contractor shall allow the Contracting Officer or Government
authorized representative(s) to enter the Contractor’s or any subcontractor’s facility for the purpose of observation or consultation during all ordering periods. 
 d. Prior to acceptance of each lot, the Government reserves the right to review the submitted items for compliance with the
contractual requirements. 
 E2. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 
 a. The Government reserves the right to perform quality assurance inspections to determine conformance to contract
requirements at the Contractor’s place of performance identified in this contract. The Government will inspect the contractor’s submissions (deliverables) and products as specified in this contract. 
 b. Inspection of the items to determine conformance to contract requirements performed under this contract shall be
accomplished by the Contracting Officer’s Representative(s) (CORs) and/or the cognizant DCMC office indicated on the award page of this contract. Acceptance of the items performed under this contract shall be accomplished by the Contracting
Officer’s Representative(s) (CORs) or designated Government Representative(s). 
 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
TERMS 
 Supplies/services will be inspected/accepted at: 
 CLIN INSPECT AT INSPECT BY ACCEPT AT ACCEPT BY 0007 Destination Government Destination Government 0101 Origin Government
Origin Government 0102 Origin Government Origin Government 0103 Origin Government Origin Government 0104 Origin Government Origin Government 0105 Origin Government Origin Government 0201 Origin Government Origin Government 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 34 of 51 
 0202 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0203 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0204
Origin Government Origin Government 
 0205 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0301 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0302 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0303
Origin Government Origin Government 
 0304 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0305 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0401 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0402
Origin Government Origin Government 
 0403 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0404 Origin Government Origin Government 
 0405 Origin Government Origin Government 
 CLAUSES
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
 52.246-2 Inspection Of Supplies—Fixed Price AUG 1996 
 52.246-16 Responsibility For Supplies APR 1984 
 252.246-7000 Material Inspection And Receiving Report MAR 2003 
 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY FULL TEXT 
 52.246-11 HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY (FEB 1999)

 The Contractor shall comply with the higher-level quality standard selected below. 
 ISO 9001:2000 Quality Systems-Model For Quality Assurance In Design, Development, Production, Installation and Servicing

 (End of clause) 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 35 of 51 
 Section F - Deliveries or Performance 
 F1. Delivery Information 
 CLIN, Delivery Date,
Quantity, and Ship to Address will be identified on each individual Delivery Order. 
 F2. Delivery Addresses

 a. Two First Article Test Units with System Support Packages (CLINS 0001 & 0002) will be delivered
FOB Destination to the U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center at Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD. 
 b. The Supplemental
First Article Test Unit (CLIN 0004) will be delivered FOB Origin at the contractor’s facility where it will remain for the duration of the contract deliverables until final disposition instructions by the Government. 
 c. Technical Data (CLINS 0005-0013) will be submitted to the ILSC Logistics Support Team for distribution to the respective
Government POCs. 
 TACOM 
 Soldier PSID, ILSC 
 ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CECL (Frank
Howe) 
 Kansas Street 
 Natick, MA 01760-5052 
 FOB Destination 

CLINS 0101-0105; 0201-0205; 0301-0305; 0401-0405, and 0407: Production Units and ASL Packages 
 Address TBD 
 The Shipping Addresses will be 
 Determined by Fielding Plan 
 FOB Destination 
 The specific delivery addresses for the Containerized Kitchen (CK) Production units will be determined by the US Army Fielding Plan. The Contractor may assume that approximately equal
shipments of the CKs to include spare and repair parts will be shipped to the following locations: Fort Hood, TX; Fort Bliss, TX; Fort Campbell, KY; Fort Benning, GA; Fort Riley, KS; Fort Carson, CO; Fort Drum, FY; Fort Lewis, WA; and various other
continental locations. 
 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
 52.242-15 Stop-Work Order AUG 1989 52.242-17 Government Delay Of Work APR 1984 52.247-29 F.O.B. Origin JUN 1988 52.247-34
F.O.B. Destination NOV 1991 52.247-55 F.O.B. Point For Delivery Of Government-Furnished Property JUN 2003 
 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY FULL TEXT 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 36 of 51 
 52.211-8 TIME OF DELIVERY (JUN 1997) 
 ITEM NO. EST. QUANTITY WITHIN DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF DELIVERY ORDER 
 0007 As Required In Accordance with Individual CDRLS 
 0101-0102 50 Delivery of at
least 6 within 120 days of receipt of Delivery Order and at least 6 per month thereafter. 
 0103-0105 As
Stated in Individual Delivery Orders As Negotiated 
 0201-0202 50 Delivery of at least 6 within 120 days of
receipt of Delivery Order and at least 6 per month thereafter. 
 0203-0205 As Stated in Individual Delivery
Orders As Negotiated 
 0301-0302 50 Delivery of at least 6 within 120 days of receipt of Delivery Order and at
least 6 per month thereafter. 
 0303-0305 As Stated in Individual Delivery Orders As Negotiated 

0306 As Needed One-year period of performance 
 0401-0402 50 Delivery of at least 6 within 120 days of receipt of Delivery Order and at least 6 per month thereafter.

 0403-0405 As Stated in Individual Delivery Orders As Negotiated 
 (End of clause) 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 37 of 51 
 Section G - Contract Administration Data 
 GI. CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION 
 a. In no event shall
any understanding or agreement, contract modification, change order, or other matter in deviation from the terms of this contract between the Contractor and a person other than the Contracting Officer be effective or binding upon the Government. All
such actions must be formalized by a proper contractual document executed by the Contracting Officer. 
 b. All
correspondence pertaining to this contract will be addressed to: 
 U.S. Army RDECOM Acquisition Center

 Natick Contracting Division 
 ATTN: AMSRD-ACC-NM 
 Contract No. W911QY-05-D-0004

 Kansas Street, Bldg. 1 
 Natick, MA 01760-5011 
 c. The telephone, FAX
number and E-mail address of the procuring Contracting Officer (PCO) and Contract Specialist (KS) are: 
 Contracting Officer: (508) 233-4368 E-mail: Pamela.Burleson@natick.army.mil 
 Contract
Specialist: (508) 233-4946 E-mail: Roberta.Boswell@natick.army.mil 
 FAX: (508) 233-5286 

Note: Notification of changes in assigned Contracting Officer and/or Contracting Specialist will be provided by official
correspondence from the PCO office. 
 d. This contract is being administered by the Defense Contract Management
Agency (DCMA). Inquiries concerning normal contract administration should be referred to the DCMA assigned office (see Block 6 of the SF 26). 
 G2. REMITTANCE ADDRESS 
 Payments should be mailed
to: 
 SFA Inc. 
 P.O. Box 79328 
 Baltimore, MD 21279-0328

 G3. CONTRACTOR’S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION. 
 Name and Title Keith Buchanan 
 Director of Business Operations 
 Responsible
Office SFA Inc. 
 Address 20 South Wisner Street Frederick, MD 21701 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 38 of 51 
 Telephone Number 301-662-6811 
 E-Mail Address kbuchanan@sfa.com 
 DUNS # 199920265
CAGE # OU5N7 
 TIN # 52-0889834 
 G4. PAST PERFORMANCE POINT OF CONTACT 
 Annual
contract past performance evaluations will be performed by the Government. The Offeror shall identify a Point of Contact (POC) to participate in these on-line evaluations. This individual is required to register in the Past Performance Information
Management System (PPIMS) and respond to the Government evaluations in a timely manner. The contractor point of contact responsible for this action is: 
 Name and Title: Keith Buchanan, Director of Business Operations 
 E-mail: kbuchanan@sfa.com 
 Telephone Number: 301-662-6811 
 G5. PAYING OFFICE/SUBMISSION OF INVOICES 
 a. Payments under this contract will be processed by the cognizant Defense Contract Management Agency whose address appears in Block 6 of the SF 26. 
 b. Each invoice submitted by the contractor under this contract shall cite the date, contract number, and description.

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 39 of 51 
 Section H - Special Contract Requirements 
 H1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROPERTY (GFP) 
 a. In
accordance with the appropriate Government Property clause incorporated by reference in Section I of this contract, the following GFP (including associated manuals) will be delivered at Government expense to the Contractor. The first month’s
required quantities for GFP will be furnished within thirty (30) days after issuance of delivery order and a monthly quantity thereafter will be delivered to support the required delivery schedule. 
 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY CATEGORY 
 0001 10-kilowatt generator 1 per CK Expendable 
 0002 Modern Burner Unit (MBU) 6 per CK Expendable 
 0003 MBU power converter 1 per CK
Expendable 
 b. The requisition document for issuance of the above GFP will be prepared by Soldier Systems
Center, Natick, MA. 
 c. GFP should be shipped to the address listed below: 
 SFA, Defense Products Division 402 Sagner Avenue Frederick, MD 21701 
 POC: Steve Brown 
 H2 DELIVERY ORDERS 
 The Government’s
requirements will be given to the Contractor by the timely issuance of delivery orders duly executed by the Contracting Officer in accordance with the Order Limitations (FAR 52.216-19) and Requirements (FAR 52.216-21) clauses set forth in Section I.
The Government will issue a Delivery Order (DD Form 1155) for each requirement specifying the CLIN. The delivery order will specify the quantity of units and the unit price for the quantity ordered. Reference FAR 52.211-8 in Section F of this
contract, unless otherwise negotiated, the delivery schedules for all active delivery orders will reflect, or be modified to reflect, a delivery schedule based on the total quantity currently ordered and under all active delivery orders excluding
those within 30 days of delivery. 
 H3 (REMOVED) 
 H4 REOPENING NEGOTIATIONS PRIOR TO EXERCISE OF OPTIONS 
 Prior to implementing its unilateral right to exercise Options 1,2,3, or 4 of this contract, the Government may request that
the Offeror submit a revised price proposal for said Options. The Government and the Contractor may enter into price negotiations and the contract price for any one or all of the Options could be revised. At this time, any aspect of the work
required in these Options may be discussed or revised. Any revisions in contract price made at this time would be subject to the clause at FAR 52.215-21, Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other Than Cost or Pricing Data –
Modifications. If an agreement cannot be reached on the revised pricing the Government reserves the right to exercise the Options at the price stated in the contract. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 40 of 51 
 Section I - Contract Clauses 
 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
 52.202-1
Definitions DEC 2001 
 52.203-3 Gratuities APR 1984 
 52.203-5 Covenant Against Contingent Fees APR 1984 
 52.203-7 Anti-Kickback Procedures JUL 1995 
 52.203-8 Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity JAN 1997 
 52.203-10 Price Or Fee Adjustment For Illegal Or Improper Activity JAN 1997 
 52.203-12 Limitation On Payments To Influence Certain Federal Transactions JUN 2003 
 52.204-4 Printed or Copied Double-Sided on Recycled Paper AUG 2000 
 52.204-7 Central Contractor Registration OCT 2003 
 52.209-6 Protecting the
Government’s Interest When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment JUL 1995 
 52.211-5 Material Requirements AUG 2000 
 52.215-2 Audit and Records--Negotiation JUN 1999

 52.215-8 Order of Precedence--Uniform Contract Format OCT 1997 
 52.215-10 Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data OCT 1997 
 52.215-11 Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data--Modifications OCT 1997 
 52.215-12 Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data OCT 1997 
 52.215-13 Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data--Modifications OCT 1997 
 52.215-14 Integrity of Unit Prices OCT 1997 
 52.215-21 Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other Than Cost or Pricing Data--Modifications OCT 1997 
 52.219-8 Utilization of Small Business Concerns MAY 2004 
 52.219-9 Alt II Small Business Subcontracting Plan (Jan 2002) Alternate II OCT 2001 
 52.219-16 Liquidated Damages-Subcontracting Plan JAN 1999 
 52.222-21 Prohibition Of Segregated Facilities FEB 1999 
 52.222-26 Equal Opportunity APR 2002 
 52.222-35 Equal Opportunity For Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans DEC 2001 
 52.222-36 Affirmative Action For Workers With Disabilities JUN 1998 
 52.222-37 Employment Reports On Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans Of The Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans DEC 2001

 52.223-6 Drug-Free Workplace MAY 2001 
 52.223-14 Toxic Chemical Release Reporting AUG 2003 
 52.227-1 Alt I Authorization And Consent (Jul 1995) - Alternate I APR 1984 
 52.227-2 Notice And Assistance Regarding Patent And Copyright Infringement AUG 1996 
 52.227-12 Patent Rights--Retention By The Contractor (Long Form) JAN 1997 
 52.229-3 Federal, State And Local Taxes APR 2003 
 52.232-1 Payments APR 1984 
 52.232-2 Payments Under Fixed-Price Research And Development Contracts APR 1984 
 52.232-8 Discounts For Prompt Payment FEB 2002 
 52.232-9 Limitation On Withholding Of Payments APR 1984 
 52.232-11 Extras APR 1984 

52.232-16 Alt III Progress Payments (Apr 2003) - Alternate III APR 2003 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 41 of 51 
 52.232-17 Interest JUN 1996 
 52.232-23 Alt I Assignment of Claims (Jan 1986) - Alternate I APR 1984 
 52.232-25 Prompt Payment OCT 2003 
 52.232-33 Payment by Electronic Funds
Transfer--Central Contractor Registration OCT 2003 
 52.233-1 Disputes JUL 2002 
 52.233-3 Protest After Award AUG 1996 
 52.233-4 Applicable Law for Breach of Contract Claim OCT 2004 
 52.242-10 F.O.B. Origin--Government Bills Of Lading Or Prepaid Postage APR 1984 
 52.242-12
Report of Shipment (REPSHIP) JUN 2003 
 52.242-13 Bankruptcy JUL 1995 
 52.243-1 Changes--Fixed Price AUG 1987 
 52.244-6 Subcontracts for Commercial Items JUL 2004 
 52.245-2 Government Property (Fixed Price Contracts) MAY 2004 
 52.246-23 Limitation Of
Liability FEB 1997 
 52.247-1 Commercial Bill Of Lading Notations APR 1984 
 52.248-1 Value Engineering FEB 2000 
 52.249-2 Termination For Convenience Of The Government (Fixed-Price) MAY 2004 
 52.249-8 Default (Fixed-Price Supply & Service) APR 1984 
 52.251-2 Interagency Fleet Management System (IFMS) Vehicles And Related Services JAN 1991 
 52.253-1 Computer Generated Forms JAN 1991 
 252.201-7000 Contracting Officer’s
Representative DEC 1991 
 252.203-7001 Prohibition On Persons Convicted of Fraud or Other
Defense-Contract-Related Felonies MAR 1999 
 252.203-7002 Display Of DOD Hotline Poster DEC 1991 
 252.204-7003 Control Of Government Personnel Work Product APR 1992 
 252.204-7004 Alt A Required Central Contractor Registration Alternate A NOV 2003 
 252.205-7000 Provision Of Information To Cooperative Agreement Holders DEC 1991 
 252.209-7000 Acquisition From Subcontractors Subject To On-Site Inspection Under The Intermediate Range Nuclear Forces (INF)
Treaty NOV 1995 
 252.209-7004 Subcontracting With Firms That Are Owned or Controlled By The Government of a
Terrorist Country MAR 1998 
 252.211-7000 Acquisition Streamlining DEC 1991 
 252.215-7000 Pricing Adjustments DEC 1991 
 252.219-7003 Small, Small Disadvantaged and Women-Owned Small Business Subcontracting Plan (DOD Contracts) APR 1996 
 252.225-7001 Buy American Act And Balance Of Payments Program APR 2003 
 252.225-7002 Qualifying Country Sources As Subcontractors APR 2003 
 252.225-7012 Preference For Certain Domestic Commodities JUN 2004 
 252.226-7001 Utilization of Indian Organizations and Indian-Owned Economic Enterprises, and Native Hawaiian Small Business
Concerns SEP 2004 
 252.227-7013 Rights in Technical Data--Noncommercial Items NOV 1995 
 252.227-7014 Rights in Noncommercial Computer Software and Noncommercial Computer Software Documentation JUN 1995 

252.227-7016 Rights in Bid or Proposal Information JUN 1995 
 252.227-7030 Technical Data--Withholding Of Payment MAR 2000 
 252.227-7037 Validation of Restrictive Markings on Technical Data SEP 1999 
 252.232-7003 Electronic Submission of Payment Requests JAN 2004 
 252.242-7000 Postaward Conference DEC 1991 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 42 of 51 
 252.242-7003 Application For U.S. Government Shipping Documentation/Instructions DEC 1991 
 252.242-7004 Material Management And Accounting System DEC 2000 
 252.243-7001 Pricing Of Contract Modifications DEC 1991 
 252.243-7002 Requests for Equitable Adjustment MAR 1998 
 252.244-7000 Subcontracts for Commercial Items and Commercial Components (DoD Contracts) MAR 2000 
 252.245-7001 Reports Of Government Property MAY 1994 
 252.247-7023 Transportation of Supplies by Sea MAY 2002 
 252.247-7024 Notification Of Transportation Of Supplies By Sea MAR 2000 
 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY FULL TEXT 
 52.203-6 RESTRICTIONS ON SUBCONTRACTOR SALES TO THE GOVERNMENT (JUL 1995) 
 (a) Except as provided in (b) of this clause, the Contractor shall not enter into any agreement with an actual or prospective subcontractor, nor otherwise act in any manner, which has or may have the effect of
restricting sales by such subcontractors directly to the Government of any item or process (including computer software) made or furnished by the subcontractor under this contract or under any follow-on production contract. 
 (b) The prohibition in (a) of this clause does not preclude the Contractor from asserting rights that are otherwise
authorized by law or regulation. 
 (c) The Contractor agrees to incorporate the substance of this clause,
including this paragraph (c), in all subcontracts under this contract which exceed $100,000. 
 52.216-18
ORDERING. (OCT 1995) 
 (a) Any supplies and services to be furnished under this contract shall be ordered by
issuance of delivery orders or task orders by the individuals or activities designated in the Schedule. Such orders may be issued from the date of contract award through the following 12 months and the subsequent four one-year optional ordering
periods if exercised. 
 (b) All delivery orders or task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this
contract. In the event of conflict between a delivery order or task order and this contract, the contract shall control. 
 (c) If mailed, a delivery order or task order is considered “issued” when the Government deposits the order in the mail. Orders may be issued orally, by facsimile, or by electronic commerce methods only if authorized in the
Schedule. 
 (End of clause) 
 52.216-19 ORDER LIMITATIONS. (OCT 1995) 
 (a)
Minimum order. When the Government requires supplies or services covered by this contract in an amount of less than $250.00, the Government is not obligated to purchase, nor is the Contractor obligated to furnish, those supplies or services under
the contract. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 43 of 51 
 (b) Maximum order. The Contractor is not obligated to honor: (1) Any order for a single item in excess of $10M;

 (2) Any order for a combination of items in excess of $15.5M; or 
 (3) A series of orders from the same ordering office within 60 days that together call for quantities exceeding the
limitation in subparagraph (1) or (2) above. 
 (c) If this is a requirements contract (i.e., includes
the Requirements clause at subsection 52.216-21 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR)), the Government is not required to order a part of any one requirement from the Contractor if that requirement exceeds the maximum-order limitations in
paragraph (b) above. 
 (d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the Contractor shall
honor any order exceeding the maximum order limitations in paragraph (b), unless that order (or orders) is returned to the ordering office within 7 days after issuance, with written notice stating the Contractor’s intent not to ship the item
(or items) called for and the reasons. Upon receiving this notice, the Government may acquire the supplies or services from another source. 
 (End of clause) 
 52.216-21 REQUIREMENTS (OCT 1995)

 (a) This is a requirements contract for the supplies or services specified, and effective for the period
stated, in the Schedule. The quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are estimates only and are not purchased by this contract. Except as this contract may otherwise provide, if the Government’s requirements do not result
in orders in the quantities described as “estimated” or “maximum” in the Schedule, that fact shall not constitute the basis for an equitable price adjustment. 
 (b) Delivery or performance shall be made only as authorized by orders issued in accordance with the Ordering clause. Subject
to any limitations in the Order Limitations clause or elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Government all supplies or services specified in the Schedule and called for by orders issued in accordance with the Ordering
clause. The Government may issue orders requiring delivery to multiple destinations or performance at multiple locations. 
 (c) Except as this contract otherwise provides, the Government shall order from the Contractor all the supplies or services specified in the Schedule that are required to be purchased by the Government activity or activities
specified in the Schedule. 
 (d) The Government is not required to purchase from the Contractor requirements in
excess of any limit on total orders under this contract. 
 (e) If the Government urgently requires delivery of
any quantity of an item before the earliest date that delivery may be specified under this contract, and if the Contractor will not accept an order providing for the accelerated delivery, the Government may acquire the urgently required goods or
services from another source. 
 (f) Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not
completed within that period shall be completed by the Contractor within the time specified in the order. The contract shall govern the Contractor’s and Government’s rights and obligations with respect to that order to the same extent as
if the order were completed during the contract’s effective period; provided, that the Contractor shall not be required to make any deliveries under this contract after completion of last delivery. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 44 of 51 
 (End of clause) 
 52.217-9 OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT (MAR 2000) 
 (a) The Government may extend the term of this contract by written notice to the Contractor within 30 days after the expiration of the most recent ordering period; provided that the Government gives the Contractor a preliminary
written notice of its intent to extend at least 60 days before the contract expires. The preliminary notice does not commit the Government to an extension. 
 (b) If the Government exercises this option, the extended contract shall be considered to include this option clause. 
 (c) The total duration of this contract, including the exercise of any options under this clause, shall not exceed 60 months.

 (End of clause) 
 52.222-20 WALSH-HEALEY PUBLIC CONTRACTS ACT (DEC 1996) 
 If this contract is for the manufacture or furnishing of materials, supplies, articles or equipment in an amount that exceeds or may exceed $10,000, and is subject to the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act, as amended (41 U.S.C.
35-45), the following terms and conditions apply: 
 (a) All stipulations required by the Act and regulations
issued by the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR Chapter 50) are incorporated by reference. These stipulations are subject to all applicable rulings and interpretations of the Secretary of Labor that are now, or may hereafter, be in effect. 
 (b) All employees whose work relates to this contract shall be paid not less than the minimum wage prescribed by regulations
issued by the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 50-202.2). Learners, student learners, apprentices, and handicapped workers may be employed at less than the prescribed minimum wage (see 41 CFR 50-202.3) to the same extent that such employment is permitted
under Section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act (41 U.S.C. 40). 
 (End of clause) 
 52.223-11 OZONE-DEPLETING SUBSTANCES (MAY 2001) 
 (a) Definition. Ozone-depleting substance, as used in this clause, means any substance the Environmental Protection Agency designates in 40 CFR part 82 as-- 
 (1) Class I, including, but not limited to, chlorofluorocarbons, halons, carbon tetrachloride, and methyl chloroform; or

 (2) Class 11, including, but not limited to, hydrochlorofluorocarbons. 
 (b) The Contractor shall label products which contain or are manufactured with ozone-depleting substances in the manner and
to the extent required by 42 U.S.C. 7671j (b), (c), and (d) and 40 CFR Part 82, Subpart E, as follows: 
 “WARNING: Contains (or manufactured with, if applicable), a substance(s) which harm(s) public health and environment by destroying ozone in the upper atmosphere.”---------- 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 45 of 51 
 The Contractor shall insert the name of the substance(s). 
 (End of clause4) 
 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) 
 This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a
clause may be accessed electronically at this/these addressees): 
 http://FARSITE.HILL.AF.MIL/
http://www.arnet.gov/far/ 
 (End of clause) 
 252.211-7003 ITEM IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2004) 
 (a) Definitions. As used in this clause-- 
 Automatic identification device means a device, such as a reader or interrogator, used to retrieve data encoded on machine-readable media. 
 Commonly accepted commercial marks means any system of marking products for identification that is in use generally
throughout commercial industry or within commercial industry sectors. Some examples of commonly accepted commercial marks are: EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number; Automotive Industry Action Group B-4 Parts Identification and Tracking Application
Standard, and B-2 Vehicle Identification Number Bar Code Label Standard; American Trucking Association Vehicle Maintenance Reporting Standards; Electronic Industries Alliance EIA 802 Product Marking Standard; and Telecommunications Manufacturers
Common Language Equipment Identification Code. 
 Concatenated unique item identifier means-- 
 (1) For items that are serialized within the enterprise identifier, the linking together of the unique identifier data
elements in order of the issuing agency code, enterprise identifier, and unique serial number within the enterprise identifier; or 
 (2) For items that are serialized within the original part number, the linking together of the unique identifier data elements in order of the issuing agency code, enterprise identifier, original part number, and serial
number within the part number. 
 Data qualifier means a specified character (or string of characters) that
immediately precedes a data field that defines the general category or intended use of the data that follows. 
 DoD recognized unique identification equivalent means a unique identification method that is in commercial use and has been recognized by DoD. All DoD recognized unique identification equivalents are listed at
http://www.acq.osd.mil/uid. 
 DoD unique item identification means marking an item with a unique item identifier
that has machine-readable data elements to distinguish it from all other like and unlike items. In addition-- 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 46 of 51 
 (1) For items that are serialized within the enterprise identifier, the unique identifier shall include the data elements of
issuing agency code, enterprise identifier, and a unique serial number. 
 (2) For items that are serialized
within the part number within the enterprise identifier, the unique identifier shall include the data elements of issuing agency code, enterprise identifier, the original part number, and the serial number. 
 Enterprise means the entity (i.e., a manufacturer or vendor) responsible for assigning unique item identifiers to items.

 Enterprise identifier means a code that is uniquely assigned to an enterprise by a registration (or
controlling) authority. 
 Government’s unit acquisition cost means-- 
 (1) For fixed-price type line, subline, or exhibit line items, the unit price identified in the contract at the time of
delivery; and 
 (2) For cost-type line, subline, or exhibit line items, the Contractor’s estimated fully
burdened unit cost to the Government for each item at the time of delivery. 
 Issuing agency code means a code
that designates the registration (or controlling) authority. 
 Item means a single hardware article or unit
formed by a grouping of subassemblies, components, or constituent parts required to be delivered in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract. 
 Machine-readable means an automatic information technology media, such as bar codes, contact memory buttons, radio frequency identification, or optical memory cards. 
 Original part number means a combination of numbers or letters assigned by the enterprise at asset creation to a class of
items with the same form, fit, function, and interface. 
 Registration (or controlling) authority means an
organization responsible for assigning a non-repeatable identifier to an enterprise (i.e., Dun & Bradstreet’s Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number, Uniform Code Council (UCC)/EAN International (EAN) Company Prefix, or Defense
Logistics Information System (DLIS) Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code). 
 Serial number within the
enterprise identifier or unique serial number means a combination of numbers, letters, or symbols assigned by the enterprise to an item that provides for the differentiation of that item from any other like and unlike item and is never used again
within the enterprise. 
 Serial number within the part number or serial number means a combination of numbers or
letters assigned by the enterprise to an item that provides for the differentiation of that item from any other like item within a part number assignment. 
 Serialization within the enterprise identifier means each item produced is assigned a serial number that is unique among all the tangible items produced by the enterprise and is never used
again. The enterprise is responsible for ensuring unique serialization within the enterprise identifier. 
 Serialization within the part number means each item of a particular part number is assigned a unique serial number within that part number assignment. The enterprise is responsible for ensuring unique serialization within the part
number within the enterprise identifier. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 47 of 51 
 Unique item identification means marking an item with machine-readable data elements to distinguish it from all other like
and unlike items. 
 Unique item identifier means a set of data marked on items that is globally unique,
unambiguous, and robust enough to ensure data information quality throughout life and to support multi-faceted business applications and users. 
 Unique item identifier type means a designator to indicate which method of uniquely identifying a part has been used. The current list of accepted unique item identifier types is
maintained at http://www.acq.osd.mil/uid. 
 (h) The Contractor shall deliver all items under a contract line,
subline, or exhibit line item. 
 (c) Unique item identification 
 (1) The Contractor shall provide DoD unique item identification, or a DoD recognized unique identification equivalent,
for— 
 (i) All items for which the Government’s unit acquisition cost is $5,000 or more; and
(ii) The following items for which the Government’s unit acquisition cost is less than $5,000: Contract Line, Subline, or Exhibit Line Item Number 
 Item Description 
 (iii) Subassemblies, components,
and parts embedded within items as specified in Exhibit Number or Contract Data Requirements List Item Number 
 (2) The unique item identifier and the component data elements of the unique item identifier shall not change over the life of the item. 
 (3) Data syntax and semantics. The Contractor shall- 
 (i) Mark the encoded data elements (except issuing agency code) on the item using any of the following three types of data qualifiers, as specified elsewhere in the contract: 
 (A) Data Identifiers (DIs) (Format 06). 
 (B) Application Identifiers (AIs) (Format 05), in accordance with ISO/IEC International Standard 15418, 
 Information Technology -- EAN/UCC Application Identifiers and ASC MH 10 Data Identifiers and ASC MH 10 Data Identifiers and Maintenance. 
 (C) Text Element Identifiers (TEIs), in accordance with the DoD collaborative solution “DD” format for use until
the final solution is approved by ISO JTCl/SC 31. The DoD collaborative solution is described in Appendix D of the DoD Guide to Uniquely Identifying Items, available at http://www.acq.osd.mil/uid; and 
 (ii) Use high capacity automatic identification devices in unique identification that conform to ISO/IEC International
Standard 15434, Information Technology-Syntax for High Capacity Automatic Data Capture Media. 
 (4) Marking
items. 
 (i) Unless otherwise specified in the contract, data elements for unique identification (enterprise
identifier, serial number, and, for serialization within the part number only, original part number) shall be placed on items requiring 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 48 of 51 
 marking by paragraph (c)(1) of this clause in accordance with the version of MIL-STD-130, Identification Marking of U.S.
Military Property, cited in the contract Schedule. 
 (ii) The issuing agency code— 
 (A) Shall not be placed on the item; and 
 (B) Shall be derived from the data qualifier for the enterprise identifier. 
 (d) Commonly accepted commercial marks. The Contractor shall provide commonly accepted commercial marks for items that are not required to have unique identification under paragraph (c) of
this clause. 
 (e) Material Inspection and Receiving Report. The Contractor shall report at the time of
delivery, as part of the Material Inspection and Receiving Report specified elsewhere in this contract, the following information: 
 (I) Description.* 
 (2) Unique identifier**, consisting of-- 
 (i) Concatenated DoD unique item identifier; or (ii) DoD recognized unique identification equivalent. (3) Unique
item identifier type.** 
 (4) Issuing agency code (if DoD unique item identifier is used).** (5) Enterprise
identifier (if DoD unique item identifier is used).** (6) Original part number.** (7) Serial number.** (8) Quantity shipped.* (9) Unit of measure.* (10) Government’s unit acquisition cost.* 
 (11) Ship-to code. 
 (12) Shipment date. 
 (13) Contractor’s CAGE
code or DUNS number. 
 (14) Contract number. 
 (15) Contract line, subline, or exhibit line item number.* 
 (16) Acceptance code 
 * Once per contract line, subline, or exhibit line item. 
 ** Once per item. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 49 of 51 
 (f) Material Inspection and Receiving Report for embedded subassemblies, components, and parts requiring unique item
identification. The Contractor shall report at the time of delivery, as part of the Material Inspection and Receiving Report specified elsewhere in this contract, the following information: 
 (1) Unique item identifier of the item delivered under a contract line, subline, or exhibit line item that contains the
embedded subassembly, component, or part. 
 (2) Unique item identifier of the embedded subassembly, component,
or part, consisting of -- (i) Concatenated DoD unique item identifier; or (ii) DoD recognized unique identification equivalent. 
 (3) Unique item identifier type.** 
 (4) Issuing agency code (if DoD unique item
identifier is used).** (5) Enterprise identifier (if DoD unique item identifier is used).** (6) Original part number.** (7) Serial number.** (8) Unit of measure. 
 (9) Description. 
 ** Once per item. 
 (g) The Contractor shall submit the information required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of this clause in accordance with the
procedures at http://www.acq.osd.mil.uid. 
 (h) Subcontracts. If paragraph (c)(l)(iii) of this clause applies,
the Contractor shall include this clause, including this paragraph (h), in all subcontracts issued under this contract. 
 (End of clause) 
 252.246-7001 WARRANTY OF DATA (DEC 1991) 
 (a) Definition. “Technical data” has the same meaning as given in the clause in this contract entitled, Rights in
Technical Data and Computer Software. 
 (b) Warranty. Notwithstanding inspection and acceptance by the
Government of technical data furnished under this contract, and not- withstanding any provision of this contract concerning the conclusiveness of acceptance, the Contractor warrants that all technical data delivered under this contract will at the
time of delivery conform with the specifications and all other requirements of this contract. The warranty period shall extend for three years after completion of the delivery of the line item of data (as identified in DD Form 1423, Contract Data
Requirements List) of which the data forms a part; or any longer period specified in the contract. 
 (c)
Contractor Notification. The Contractor agrees to notify the Contracting Officer in writing immediately of any 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 50 of 51 
 breach of the above warranty which the Contractor discovers within the warranty period 
 (d) Remedies. The following remedies shall apply to all breaches of the warranty, whether the Contractor notifies the
Contracting Officer in accordance with paragraph (c) of this clause or if the Government notifies the Contractor of the breach in writing within the warranty period: 
 (1) Within a reasonable time after such notification, the Contracting Officer may-- 
 (i) By written notice, direct the Contractor to correct or replace at the Contractor’s expense the nonconforming technical data promptly; or 
 (ii) If the Contracting Officer determines that the Government no longer has a requirement for correction or replacement of
the data, or that the data can be more reasonably corrected by the Government, inform the Contractor by written notice that the Government elects a price or fee adjustment instead of correction or replacement. 
 (2) If the Contractor refuses or fails to comply with a direction under paragraph (d)(l)(i) of this clause, the Contracting
Officer may-- within a reasonable time of the refusal or failure-- 
 (i) By contract or otherwise, correct or
replace the nonconforming technical data and charge the cost to the Contractor; or 
 (ii) Elect a price or fee
adjustment instead of correction or replacement. 
 (3) The remedies in this clause represent the only way to
enforce the Government’s rights under this clause. 
 (e) The provisions of this clause apply anew to that
portion of any corrected or replaced technical data furnished to the Government under paragraph (d)(l)(i) of this clause. 
 (End of clause) 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Page 51 of 51 
 Section J - List of Documents, Exhibits and Other Attachments Exhibit/Attachment Table of Contents DOCUMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION
PAGES 
 Exhibit A CONTRACT DATA 1 REQUIREMENTS LIST 
 CDRL A003 
 Attachment 1 Performance 25 Specification, Containerized Kitchen Attachment 2 TM Requirements Matrix 5 Attachment 3 MIL-PRF-49506 1 APPENDIX A 
 Attachment 4 MIL-PRF-49506 12 APPENDIX B 
 Attachment 5 Authorized Stockage List 2 

 

 
  
 CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST Form Approved OMB No. 0704-0188 
 [ILLEGIBLE] reporting burden
for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, [ILLEGIBLE] and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the
collection of Information. Send commands regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this [ILLEGIBLE] of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate
for Information Operations and Reports 1215 Jefferson [ILLEGIBLE] Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188). Washington D.C. 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your
form to either of these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting Offer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
 A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO. B. EXHIBIT C. CATEGORY: TDP TM X OTHER 
 D. SYSTEM/ITEM Containerized Kitchen (CK) E. CONTRACT/PR NO. F. CONTRACTOR 
 17. PRICE GROUP 18.
ESTIMATED TOTAL PRICE 
 1. DATA ITEM NO. A003 2. TITLE OF DATA ITEM Technical Manual (TM) for Operator’s,
Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual including Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) for Containerized Kitchen (CK) 3 SUBTITLE TM 10-7360-XXX-23&P 
 4. AUTHORITY (Data Acquisition Document No.) MIL-STD 40051B / Statement of Work 5. CONTRACT REFERENCE 6. REQUIRING OFFICE AMSTA-LC-CECT 
 7. DD 250 REQ DD 9. DIST STATEMENT REQUIRED N/A 10. FREQUENCY 4T 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION SEE BLK 16 14. DISTRIBUTION b.
COPIES 
 8. APP CODE A 11. AS OF DATE 13. DATE OF SUBSEQUENT SUBMISSIONS SEE BLK 16 a. ADDRESSEE Final Draft Reg
Repro 
 16. REMARKS AMSTA-LC-CECT 
 Initial submission Preliminary Technical Manual (PTM) for Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual, 
 including Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) for Containerized Kitchen CK) is due 60 days before the commencement of
Government Testing. Contractor Validation of procedures is required prior to the commencement of Government Testing. A 2nd submittal TM shall be due 30 days after the conclusion of Government Testing and shall include all changes identified during
the contractor’s Validation effort and changes from further Government Testing. A 3rd submittal TM shall be due concurrently with 
 delivery of First Article Test (FAT) report and shall include changes from Government review and testing. Verification conference shall begin 60 days after Government acceptance of the FAT Report. Final Reproducible Copy
(FRC), to include corrections from 
 Government Verification and any nomenclature changes as a result of the
provisioning process, is due 30 days after 
 completion of Verification Conference. The Government will review
each submission and will determine acceptance or 
 rejection of each submission within 30 days of receipt. If
rejected, contractor shall have 30 days to make necessary 
 corrections and return to the Government. Digitized
(MS Word or equivalent) and PDF are due concurrent with the FRC 
 submission. Initial submission shall be
accompanied by a Letter of Transmittal. FRC shall be accompanied by a DD Form 250. The contractor shall overpack one copy of the Department of the Army (DA) authenticated Manual with each end item delivered. 
 Initial Submittal 1 
 2nd Submittal 1 
 3rd Submittal 1 
 FRC 1 1 
 Digitized 1 
 PDF 1 
 TOTAL 1 3 3 
 G. PREPARED BY Anne-Marie M. Gravel Lead Technical Writer/Editor H. DATE 25 February 2004 1. APPROVED BY Matthew D. Taylor Acting Team Leader, Acquisition Logistics J. DATE 25 February 2004 
 DD FORM 1423-1, JUN 90 Computer Generated Previous editions are obsolete Page 1 of 1 
 1161/183 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 Reference Element Name 
 FRONT MATTER R 5.2.1 <paper.frnt> 
 Front cover R 5.2.1.1 <frntcover> 
 (MC) Promulgation letter 5.2.1.2 <promulgation> 
 Warning summary 5.2.1.3 <warnsum> 
 Change transmittal page 5.2.1.4 <chgsheet> 
 List of effective pages / work packages (Excluding pocket TMs and publications with less than eight pages) R 5.2.1.5 <loepwp> 
 Title block page R 5.2.1.6 <titleblk> 
 Table
of contents R 5.2.1.8 <contents> 
 How to use this manual R 5.2.1.9 <howtouse> 
 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND THEORY OF OPERATION R B.5.1 <gim> 
 GENERAL INFORMATION WORK PACKAGE R B.5.2 <ginfowp> 
 Scope R B.5.2.3 <scope> 
 Maintenance forms, records, and reports R B.5.2.4 <mfrr> 
 Reporting equipment improvement recommendations (EIR) R B.5.2.5 <eir> 
 Hand receipt (HR)
manuals NR B.5.2.6 <handreceipt> 
 Corrosion prevention and control (CPC) R B.5.2.7 <cpcdata>

 Ozone depleting substances (ODS) R B.5.2.8 <odsdata> 
 Destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use R B.5.2.9 <destructmat> 
 Preparation for storage or shipment R B.5.2.10 <pssref> 
 Warranty information R B.5.2.11 <wrntyref> 
 Nomenclature cross-reference list R B.5.2.12 <nomenreflist> 
 List of abbreviations/acronyms R B.5.2.13 <loa> 
 Quality of material B.5.2.15 <qual.mat.info> 
 Safety, care, and handling B.5.2.16 <sftyinfo> 
 Nuclear hardness NR B.5.2.17 <hcp> 
 Calibration O B.5.2.18 <calref> 
 Supporting
information for repair parts, special tools, TMDE, and support equipment O B.5.2.25 <supdata> 
 1

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 Reference Element Name 
 Copyright credit line B.5.2.26 <copyrt> 
 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA WORK PACKAGE R
B.5.3 <descwp> 
 Equipment characteristics, capabilities, and features R B.5.3.3 <eqpinfo>

 Location and description of major components R B.5.3.4 <locdesc> 
 Differences between models O B.5.3.5 <eqpdiff> 
 Equipment data R B.5.3.6 <eqpdata> 
 THEORY OF OPERATION WORK PACKAGE R B.5.4 <thrywp> 
 CHAPTER X. OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS R C.5.1 <opim> 
 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS
AND INDICATORS WORK PACKAGE R C.5.2.3 <ctrlindwp> 
 OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS WORK PACKAGE R
C.5.2.4 <opusualwp> 
 Security measures for electronic data C.5.2.4.3 <secref> 
 Siting requirements C.5.2.4.4 <site> 
 Shelter requirements C.5.2.4.5 <shelter> 
 Assembly and preparation for use C.5.2.4.6 <prepforuse> 
 Initial adjustments, before use
and self-test C.5.2.4.7 <initial> 
 Operating procedures R C.5.2.4.8 <oper> 
 Decals and instruction plates C.5.2.4.8.2 <instructplt> 
 Operating auxiliary equipment C.5.2.4.9 <operaux> 
 Preparation for movement C.5.2.4.10 <prepmove> 
 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS WORK PACKAGE R C.5.2.5 <opunuwp> 
 Security measures for electronic data C.5.2.5.3.1 <secref> 
 Unusual environment / weather R C.5.2.5.3.2 <unusualenv> 
 Fording and swimming C.5.2.5.3.3 <fording> 
 Interim nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) decontamination procedures C.5.2.5.3.4 <decon> 
 Jamming and electronic countermeasures (ECM) procedures C.5.2.5.3.5 <ecm> 
 Degraded operation procedures C.5.2.5.3.6 <degraded> 
 EMERGENCY WORK PACKAGE C.5.2.6 <emergencywp> 
 2 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 
 Reference Element
Name 
 STOWAGE AND DECAL/DATA PLATE GUIDE WORK PACKAGE O C.5.2.7 <stowagewp> 
 ON-VEHICLE EQUIPMENT LOADING PLAN WORK PACKAGE O C.5.2,8 <eqploadwp> 
 CHAPTER X. TROUBLESHOOTING MASTER INDEX D.5.1 D.5.4.4 <tim> 
 <masterindexcategory> 
 TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX WORK PACKAGE R D.5.5.5 <tsindxwp> 
 CHAPTER X. 
 TROUBLESHOOTING 
 PROCEDURES 
 NOTE 
 The notation (*) indicates that, if required, at least one of the these
content items shall be included R D.5.1 D.5.4.2 <tim> 
 <troublecategory> 
 TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX WORK PACKAGE R D.5.5.5 <tsindxwp> 
 *OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT WORK PACKAGES D.5.5.8.3 <opcheckwp> 
 *TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES WORK PACKAGES D.5.5.8.4 <tswp> 
 *COMBINED OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT AND TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES WORK PACKAGES D.5.5.8.5 <opcheck-tswp> 
 CHAPTER X. PMCS 
 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE 
 PMCS is required as
a minimum in one maintenance chapter E.5.2 E.5.2.1 <mim> 
 <pmcscategory> 
 PMCS INTRODUCTION WORK PACKAGE R E.5.3.4.1 <pmcsintrowp> 
 PMCS, INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS, WORK PACKAGE R E.5.3.4.2 <pmcswp> 
 CHAPTER X. 
 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE 
 PMCS is required as a minimum in one maintenance
chapter R E.5.2 
 E.5.2.2 
 E.5.2.3 <mim> 
 <maintenancepmcscategory> <maintenancecategory> 
 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT WORK PACKAGE
R E.5.3.2 <surwp> 
 3 

 

 
  
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 
 Reference Element
Name 
 Siting E.5.3.2.3.1 <siting> 
 Shelter requirements E.5.3.2.3.2 <shltr> 
 Service upon receipt of materiel R E.5.3.2.3.3 <surmat> 
 Installation instructions R E.5.3.2.3.4 <install> 
 Preliminary servicing of equipment
E.5.3.2.3.5 <preserv> 
 Preliminary checks and adjustment of equipment E.5.3.2.3.6 <prechkadj>

 Preliminary calibration of equipment E.5.3.2.3.7 <precal> 
 Circuit alignment E.5.3.2.3.8 <calign> 
 Ammunition markings E.5.3.2.3.9.1 <ammo.markings> 
 Classification of defects E.5.3.2.3.9.2 <ammo.defect> 
 Ammunition handling E.5.3.2.3.9.3
<ammo.handling> 
 Procedures to activate ammunition E.5.3.2.3.9.4 <arm> 
 Other service upon receipt task E.5.3.2.3.10 <other.surtsk> 
 Follow-on maintenance E.5.3.2.3.11 <followon.maintsk> 
 EQUIPMENT / USER FITTING INSTRUCTIONS WORK PACKAGE (PERSONAL USE EQUIPMENT) NR E.5.3.3 <perseqpwp> 
 PMCS INTRODUCTION WORK PACKAGE R E.5.3.4.1 <pmcsintrowp> 
 PMCS, INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS, WORK PACKAGE R E.5.3.4.2 <pmcswp> 
 MAINTENANCE WORK PACKAGES NOTE 
 As applicable, the following maintenance tasks shall be presented in the general order listed below: R E.5.3.5 <maintwp> 
 Servicing E.5.3.5.3.3 <service> 
 Ground handling E.5.3.5.3.4 <groundtsk> 
 Inspection of installed items E.5.3.5.3.5 <inspinstitm> 
 Removal E.5.3.5.3.6
<remove> 
 Disassembly E.5.3.5.3.7 <disassem> 
 Cleaning E.5.3.5.3.8 <clean> 
 Inspection-acceptance and rejection criteria E.5.3.5.3.9 <acptrejinsp> 
 Nondestructive testing inspection (NDTI) E.5.3.5.3.10 <ndti> 
 Repair or replacement E.5.3.5.3.11 <repair-rplc> 
 Alignment E.5.3.5.3.12
<align> 
 Painting E.5.3.5.3.13 <paint> 
 4 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 Reference Element Name 
 Lubrication E.5.3.5.3.I4 <lube> 
 Assembly E.5.3.5.3.15 <assem> 
 Test and inspection E.5.3.5.3.16 <test-inspect> 
 Installation E.5.3.5.3.17 <install> 
 Adjustment E.5.3.5.3.18 <adjust> 
 Calibration E.5.3.5.3.19 <calibration> 
 Radio interference suppression E.5.3.5.3.20
<ris> 
 Placing in service E.5.3.5.3.21 <pis> 
 Testing E.5.3.5.3.22 <test-pass> 
 Preparation for storage or shipment E.5.3.5.3.25 <pss> 
 Classification of defects E.5.3.5.3.26 <ammo.defect> 
 Handling ammunition E.5.3.5.3.27
<ammo.handling> 
 Ammunition markings E.5.3.5.3.28 <ammo. markings> 
 Procedures for ammunition activation E.5.3.5.3.29 <arm> 
 Additional maintenance task E.5.3.5.3.30 <other.maintsk> 
 Follow-on maintenance E.5.3.5.3.31 <followon.maintsk> 
 GENERAL MAINTENANCE WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.6 <maintwp> 
 LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.7 <lubewp> 
 ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.9 <manuwp> 
 TORQUE LIMITS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.10 <torquewp> 
 WIRING DIAGRAMS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.11 <wiringwp> 
 CHAPTER X. 
 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS E.5.2 E.5.2.6 <mim> 
 <auxiliarycategory> 
 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.13
<auxeqpwp> 
 ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.9 <manuwp> 
 TORQUE LIMITS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.10 <torquewp> 
 WIRING DIAGRAMS WORK PACKAGE O E.5.3.11 <wiringwp> 
 5 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 Reference Element Name 
 CHAPTER X. AMMUNITION MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS E.5.2 E.5.2.7 <mim> 
 <ammunitioncategory> 
 AMMUNITION MAINTENANCE WORK PACKAGE NR E.5.3.14.1 <ammowp>

 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION WORK PACKAGE NR E.5.3.14.2 <ammo.markingwp> 
 FOREIGN AMMUNITION (NATO) WORK PACKAGE NR E.5.3.14.3 <natowp> 
 CHAPTER X. PARTS INFORMATION (-10 THROUGH -14) (-I2&P THROUGH-14&P) P R F.5.3.2 <pim> 
 INTRODUCTION WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.5 <introwp> 
 REPAIR PARTS LIST WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.6 <piwp> 
 REPAIR PARTS FOR SPECIAL TOOLS WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.7 <stl_partswp> 
 KIT PARTS LIST WORK PACKAGE O F.5.3.8 <kitswp> 
 BULK ITEM WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.9 <bulk_itemswp> 
 SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.10 <stlwp> 
 NSN INDEX WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.11.1 <nsnindxwp> 
 P/N INDEX WORK PACKAGE R F.5.3.11.2 <pnindxwp> 
 REFERENCE DESIGNATOR INDEX WORK PACKAGE F.5.3.11.3 <refdesindxwp> 
 CHAPTER X. 
 SUPPORTING INFORMATION NOTE 
 Applicable supporting information work packages shall be
arranged in the order in which they are presented here and numbered accordingly. R G.5.1 <sim> 
 REFERENCES WORK PACKAGE R G.5.2 <refwp> 
 INTRODUCTION FOR STANDARD MAC WORK PACKAGE
(FIVE-LEVEL MAINTENANCE ONLY) 
 OR 
 (TWO-LEVEL MAINTENANCE ONLY) R G.5.3.1 G.5.3.3 <macintrowp> 
 6 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 TABLE A-II. TM Requirements Matrix for TM 10-7360-XXX-13&P. 
 TM Content -10 -12 -12& P -13 -13& P -14 -14& P MIL-STD-40051-2 Reference Element Name 
 MAC WORK PACKAGE (FIVE-LEVEL MAINTENANCE ONLY) 
 OR 
 (TWO-LEVEL MAINTENANCE ONLY) R G.5.3.4 <macwp> 
 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS WORK PACKAGE R G.5.4 <coeibiiwp> 
 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST(AAL) WORK PACKAGE G.5.5 <aalwp> 
 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST WORK PACKAGE R G.5.6 <explistwp> 
 TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST WORK PACKAGE O G.5.7 <toolidwp> 
 MANDATORY REPLACEMENT PARTS WORK PACKAGE R G.5.8 <mrplwp> 
 CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS AND FLIGHT SAFETY CRITICAL AIRCRAFT PARTS WORK PACKAGE NR G.5.9 <csi.fscap.wp> 
 SUPPORT ITEMS WORK PACKAGE O G.5.10 <supitemwp> 
 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTING WORK PACKAGES O G.5.11 <genwp> 
 REAR MATTER R 5.2.2 <rear> 
 Glossary NR 5.2.2.1 <glossary> 
 Alphabetical
index R 5.2.2.2 <aindx> 
 DA Form 2028 R 5.2.2.3 <da2028> 
 Authentication page R 5.2.2.4 <authent> 
 Foldout pages O 5.2.2.5 <foldsect> 
 Back
cover R 5.2.2.6 <back> 
 Legend 
 R Required 
 P Prohibited 
 Shaded As Required 
 7 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 2 
 Containerized Kitchen (CK) 
 REMARKS FOR TABLE 
 8 

 

 
  
 INCH-POUND 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 03 June 1998 Rev A 

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 
 CONTAINERIZED KITCHEN 
 This specification is
approved for use by the U.S. Army Natick Soldier Systems Center, and is available for use by all Departments and Agencies of the Department of Defense. 
 1. SCOPE 
 1.1 Scope. This specification covers a
field kitchen, configured within an 8-foot by 8-foot by 20-foot International Organization for Standardization (ISO) container, that provides a rapidly deployable food preparation capability (see 6.1). 
 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 
 2.1 General. The documents listed in this section are specified in sections 3 and 4 of this specification. This section does not include documents cited in other sections of this
specification or recommended for additional information or as examples. While every effort has been made to ensure the completeness of this list, document users are cautioned that they must meet all specified requirements documents cited in sections
3 and 4 of this specification, whether or not they are listed. 
 2.2 Government documents. 
 2.2.1 Specifications and standards. The following specifications and standards form part of this document to the extent
provided herein. Unless otherwise specified, the issues of these documents are those listed in the issue of the Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards (DoDISS) and the supplement thereto, cited in the solicitation (see 6.2).

 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 
 MIL-C-53072 — Chemical Agent Resistant Coating (CARC) System Application Procedures and Quality Control Inspection 
 MIL-STD-209 — Slinging and Tiedown Provisions for Lifting and Tying Down Military Equipment 
 MIL-STD-810 — Environmental Test Methods and Engineering Guidelines 
 Beneficial comments (recommendations, additions, deletions) and any pertinent data which may be of use in improving this
document should be addressed to: U.S. Army Natick Research, [ILLEGIBLE] and Engineering Center, ATTN: SSCNC-WEF, Natick, MA 01760-5018 [ILLEGIBLE] 7360 using the Standardization Document Improvement Proposal (DD Form 1426) appearing at the end of
this document or by letter. 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 (Unless otherwise indicated, copies of the above specifications and standards are available from the Standardization Documents Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA
19111-5094.) 
 2.2.2 Other Government documents. The following other Government documents form a part of this
document to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise specified, the issues are those cited in the solicitation (see 6.2). 
 NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (NIOSH) 
 NIOSH Manual of Analytical
Methods (NMAM) 
 (Application for copies should be addressed to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C. 20402-9325.) 
 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) 
 Directive TED 1.15 — OSHA Technical Manual (OTM) 
 Standard No. 1910.1000 — Air Contaminants 
 (Application for copies should be addressed to U.S. Department of Labor/OSHA, OSHA Publications, P.O. Box 37535, Washington, D.C. 20013-7535.) 
 2.3 Non-Government publications. The following documents form a part of this document to the extent specified herein. Unless
otherwise specified, the issues of the documents which are DoD adopted are those listed in the issue of the DoDISS cited in the solicitation. Unless otherwise specified, the issues of documents not listed in the DoDISS are the issues of the
documents cited in the solicitation (see 6.2). 
 AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENISTS
(ACGIH) 
 Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices 
 (Application for copies should be addressed to American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1330 Kemper Meadow
Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45240.) 
 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO) 
 Standard 668— Freight containers – External dimensions and ratings 
 Standard 1161 — Series 1 freight containers – Corner fittings – Specification 
 2 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 Standard 8323 — Freight containers – Air/surface (intermodal) general purpose containers – Specification and tests 
 Standard 1496-1 — Series 1 freight containers – Specification and testing – Part I: General cargo containers

 (Application for copies should be addressed to American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York,
NY 10018.) 
 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 
 Standard No. 70 — National Electrical Code 
 Standard No. 701 — Fire Test for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films 
 (Application for copies should be addressed to National Fire Protection Association, One Battery March Park, Quincy, MA 02269-9101.) 
 NSF INTERNATIONAL 
 Standard No. 2 — Food
Service Equipment 
 (Application for copies should be addressed to NSF International, 3475 Plymouth Road, Ann
Arbor, MI 48105.) 
 2.4 Order of precedence. In the event of a conflict between the text of this document and
the references cited herein, the text of this document takes precedence. Nothing in this document, however, supersedes applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 
 3. REQUIREMENTS 
 3.1 First article. When specified (see 6.2), a sample shall be subjected to first article inspection in accordance with 4.1.1. 
 3.2 Operating requirements. 
 3.2.1 Transportation mode. When configured for transportation, the CK shall be sheltered in an 8-foot by 8-foot by 20-foot ISO container with forklift pockets (see 3.4.1.5). The CK shall
meet all ISO freight container requirements related to cargo containers, including a six-high stack, and shall meet Coast Guard requirements for safe containers. In transportation mode, the CK shall meet all transportability requirements (see
3.4.1). 
 3 

 

 
  
 W9l1QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.2.2 Operational mode. When configured for food preparation, the CK shall have food preparation and serving areas protected from natural elements of the environment. All food preparation
equipment, the electrical supply, the environmental control system, and all related controls and instruments shall be mounted inside the CK. Sheltered floorspace shall be sufficient to perform all necessary food preparation and serving tasks, with a
minimum of 390 square feet (see 6.13). 
 3.2.3 Meal preparation. The CK shall have a capability to prepare and
serve a minimum of 800 Army field menu meals (A-Ration, Heat and Serve Ration, or any combination, see 6.8) up to three times per day. The CK shall enable cooks to prepare a meal (A-Ration) in less than three hours. The CK shall have the capability
to prepare and serve meals while mounted on a towed trailer (see 6.10) and while dismounted. 
 3.2.4 Set up and
tear down. The CK shall require not greater than 45 minutes to set up and not greater than 45 minutes to tear down by a crew of four personnel and a supervisor. If set up or tear down procedures require electrical power, backup provisions shall be
provided to manually perform these tasks without power. 
 3.2.5 Integrated equipment. The CK system shall
integrate the Government Furnished Equipment (GFE, see 6.2) listed in table I, the contractor furnished National Stock Number (NSN) items listed in table II, and the contractor furnished kitchen accessories listed in table III. Equipment in table II
may be modified to meet performance or other requirements. The stock numbers/part number listed in table III are included for reference only; all items shall be commercial food-service quality and functionally equivalent to the NSN/part number items
listed, but the source of supply does not have to be GSA. 
 TABLE I. Government Furnished Equipment 

Item # Description Quantity NSN 
 1 10-kilowatt generator (Interface Requirement) 1 6115-01-275-5061 
 2 Modern Burner Unit (MBU) 6 7310-01-507-9310 
 3 MBU power converter 1
7310-01-502-9455 
 TABLE II. Contractor-furnished NSN items 
 Item # Description Quantity NSN/Part Number 
 1 Cook pot cradle assembly 2 7330-01-248-9964 
 2
Cook Pot Cradle Adapter 4 7310-01-048-2184 
 4 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3 Griddle top 1 7310-01-388-6591 
 4 Heater, tray
pack 1 7310-01-486-4353 
 5 Oven, field 1 7310-01-486-4360 
 6 Steam table body and adapter top 1 7310-01-388-6578 
 TABLE III. Contractor-furnished kitchen accessories 
 Item# Description Quantity NSN* 
 1 Beverage dispenser, 5-gallon 8 7310-01-245-6937 
 2 Board, food slicing and chopping 2 7330-01-078-5706 
 3 Can, water, plastic, 5-gallon 6
7240-00-089-3827 
 4 Can opener, hand 2 7330-01-245-0201 
 5 Colander, SS, 16-quart 1 7330-00-266-7453 
 6 Dipper, 32-ounce 4 7330-00-272-2489 
 7 Eggwhip 2
7330-00-815-1458 
 8 Fork, 15-inch 4 7340-00-223-7791 
 9 Fork, 21-inch 4 7340-00-223-7792 
 10 Ice cream scoop, size 6 4 7330-00-197-1280 
 11
Insulated food container 16 7360-01-408-4911 
 12 Knife, boning, 10-inch 3 7340-00-197-1271 
 13 Knife, cook’s, 14.5-inch 3 7340-00-488-7950 
 14 Knife, paring, 7-inch 4 7340-00-488-7939 
 15 Knife, steak, 10-inch 3 7340-00-197-1274 
 16
Ladle, 8-ounce 4 7330-00-248-1153 
 17 Measuring cup, 4-quart 2 7330-00-264-5368 
 18 Measuring set, spoons 2 7330-00-272-7876 
 19 Pan, baking and roasting, with cover 4 7330-00-263-8504 
 20 Pans, baking, sheet, full size 10 7330-00-633-8905 
 21 Peelers, potato, hand 3
7330-00-238-8316 
 22 Pot cooking, 10-gallon, with cover (purchased separately) 3 7330-00-292-2306 

23 Pot cooking, 15-gallon, with cover 3 7330-00-292-2307 
 24 Rack, pan, cooling 1 
 5 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 25 Skimmer, kitchen 2 7330-00-680-2635 
 26 Spoon,
basting, 15-inch 4 7340-00-240-7080 
 27 Spoon, basting, 21-inch 4 7340-00-223-7800 
 28 Spoon, serving, slotted, 15-inch 4 7340-00-205-1421 
 29 Steam table pan, full size, 6-inch deep 8 7310-01-464-4587 
 30 Steam table pan, half size, 6-inch deep 4 
 31 Table, field 4 
 32 Tongs, food service, 12-inch
4 7330-00-616-0997 
 33 Turner, food (spatula) 4 7330-00-256-2158 
 *Stock numbers in this table are included for reference only (see 3.2.5) 
 3.2.6 Environmental control. The CK shall have an integrated environmental control capability which maintains a consistent
ambient interior temperature of not less than 60°F and not greater than a Wet Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT) Index of 90°F. The air temperature difference between head level and floor level shall not exceed 10°F. The environmental control
capability shall meet Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements (see 3.4.10). 
 3.2.7 Exhaust system.
The CK shall have a powered exhaust system to expel steam and airborne by-products of food preparation away from operator positions and the serving line. The exhaust system shall be mounted above the griddle and steam table, and shall be equipped
with grease filters, which can be easily removed and washed in the Food Sanitation Center (NSN 7360-01-277-2558). The recommended minimum capacity of the exhaust system is 750 cubic feet/minute at 1.00 inch static pressure (see 6.14) 
 3.2.8 Refrigerator. The CK shall have a refrigerated storage capacity of not less than 58 cubic feet (approx. 60 cubic feet).
The refrigerator shall maintain the temperature of perishable foods at 32° to 40°F continuously when connected to a power source, and for at least 4.5 hours when the CK is on the move or when electrical power is unavailable. The refrigerator
shall be sufficiently durable to survive shock and vibration that may be encountered in transportation (see 3.4.1), and shall meet Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements (see 3.4.10). 
 3.2.9 Heated cabinet. The CK shall have a heated cabinet configured with sufficient capacity to hold 10 commercial standard
full size, six-inch deep steam table pans, or to hold a minimum of ten full sized sheet baking pans (Items 20 and 28 in Table III). The heated cabinet shall be capable of maintaining cooked rations at a temperature of 140° to 165°F.

 3.2.10 Hand-washing capability. The CK shall have a hand-washing capability housed in a single modular system
and consisting of a sink, faucet, water heater, pump (see 3.3.2), wastewater drain (see 3.3.3), liquid soap dispenser, and paper towel dispenser. The sink shall be not less than 10 inches deep and 1.2 cubic feet in volume. The faucet shall provide
heated (110° 
 6 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 to 120°F) and unheated running water. The system shall not be damaged when the water supply is interrupted, and shall include provisions for purging water from the equipment for
shutdown. 
 3.2.11 Floor drain. The floor of the CK shall be equipped with a drain. The drain shall include a
grate to catch food particles. The drain apparatus and pipes shall be easily removed and cleaned. The floor drain shall be suitable for accidental spills and intentional hosing down of the floor for cleaning purposes, and shall include provisions
for wastewater (see 3.3.3). The floor shall be non-permeable so that moisture cannot enter the container walls and reduce the lifetime of the system. The CK shall have provisions to seal the floor drain in transportation mode (see 3.2.1).

 3.2.12 Storage areas. The CK shall have storage capability for all necessary food service preparation,
serving, and ancillary equipment (not including remote feeding equipment). In operational mode (see 3.2.2), the CK shall provide separate storage areas for clean utensils and for dry storage (e.g., spices), and an area near the sink (see 3.2.10) to
hang utensils. In transportation mode (see 3.2.1), the CK shall provide all storage areas and fastening equipment required to stow all parts of the system in the container. 
 3.2.13 Leveling. The CK shall include all hardware (e.g., jacks) necessary for leveling and stabilizing the system when
mounted on its trailer (see 6.10) and when dismounted. The CK shall be equipped with provisions for visually verifying that the container is properly leveled (e.g., bubble levels). 
 3.2.14 Sanitation. All surfaces inside the CK shall be smooth and sanitizable in accordance with NSF International Standard
No. 2. 
 3.2.15 Blackout capability. The CK shall provide an internal blackout capability to allow food
service personnel to prepare meals under blackout conditions. 
 3.3 Interface and interoperability requirements.

 3.3.1 Electrical. 
 3.3.1.1 Electrical system. The CK shall have an integral electrical system which powers all system components requiring electricity. The electrical system shall use alternating current,
three-phase, 120/208 volts 50/60 hertz, 60 amp power, and shall be energized by the onboard generator (see 3.2.5) or by an external power source (see 3.3.1.2) depending on the operational scenario. The total power requirements of all CK
sub-components shall not exceed the power generating capacity of the generator. All parts of the electrical system shall comply with NFPA Standard No. 70. 
 3.3.1.2 External power. The CK shall have a connector (NSN 5935-00-114-8708 or equivalent) and switching capability to operate on external power supplied by standard Army 
 7 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 power units (alternating current, three-phase, 120/208 volts 50/60 hertz, 60 amp, five-wire). The CK shall prevent the onboard generator and an external power source from simultaneously
powering the electrical system. 
 3.3.1.3 Electrical connectors. All electrically powered appliances (e.g.,
refrigerator, heated cabinet, hand-washing station) shall use twist-lock connectors to interface with the electrical system (see 3.3.1.1). 
 3.3.1.4 MBU electrical interface. The CK shall be equipped with electrical cables and connectors to supply 24-Volt DC electrical power to each MBU. The connectors shall be compatible with
the MBU power receptacle (NSN 5935-00-283-7189). 
 3.3.1.5 Convenience outlets. The CK shall have not less than
two 110 volt 15 amp duplex outlets, which are easily accessible from the meal preparation area. The outlets shall be protected with ground-fault circuit interrupters. 
 3.3.1.6 Power switches. The CK shall have independent power switches to control the exhaust system (see 3.2.7), the lighting (see 3.5.16), and all other powered components, which do not
have integral power controls. The switches shall be labeled to identify which component they control. 
 3.3.1.7
Overload protection/power control panel. The CK shall have resettable electrical overload protection devices (e.g., circuit breakers) to protect against electrical short, component damage, and personnel injury. Each major electrical component shall
be serviced by a separate circuit. All overload protection devices shall be located in a common power control panel, and shall be labeled to identify which components they service. 
 3.3.1.8 Emergency shut-off. The CK shall be equipped with an emergency shut-off switch for the electrical system (see
3.3.1.1). The switch shall be located near the access door to the food preparation area (see 3.5.6). When activated, the switch shall shut down the generator and the external power feed in such a manner that the power control panel (see 3.3.1.7) is
completely de-energized and safe to repair. 
 3.3.2 Potable water. The CK shall be equipped with a connector and
water hose to allow the hand-washing capability (see 3.2.10) to automatically pump potable water from an M149 400-gallon water trailer. The water connector on the hand-washing capability shall be a 5/8-inch diameter female garden hose connector. The
hose shall be a 5/8-inch diameter potable water garden hose not less than 50 feet long which interfaces with the hand-washing capability and the water trailer. 
 3.3.3 Wastewater. The CK shall be equipped with drainage connectors and hoses for reclaiming wastewater from the hand-washing capability (see 3.2.10) and the floor drain (see 

8 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.2.11). The drainage connectors shall be industry standard 1.25-inch diameter male quick-disconnect. The hoses shall be 1.25-inch inner diameter hoses not less than 50 feet long with
industry standard 1.25-inch diameter female quick-disconnects. 
 3.3.4 Generator. The CK shall provide visual
and manual access to the control panel on the generator (see 3.2.5). All access panels built into the generator shall be easily accessible by gloved and barehanded personnel. The fuel connector, fresh air inlet and outlet, and the exhaust pipe shall
not be obstructed. Sufficient air circulation shall be provided to meet the operational requirements of the generator. 
 3.3.5 MBU refuel capability. The CK shall have the capability to refuel the MBUs from a 5-gallon fuel can located outside the kitchen preparation and serving area, and still be protected from the natural elements of the environment.
The CK shall have fuel hoses and connectors to allow all burners to be refueled both individually and concurrently without removing them from the cooking appliances. The fuel line connector shall be compatible with the MBU fuel connector (Parker
BH1-60Y). 
 3.3.6 Field oven and Tray Pack Heater Tank exhaust. The CK shall have a mechanism for drawing hot
exhaust air from the field oven and Tray Pack Heater Tank (see 3.2.5) out of the CK (e.g., draft inducers) without reducing the efficiency of the equipment. 
 3.3.7 Weapons rack. The CK shall include a weapons rack suitable for holding at least five M16 rifles in the food preparation area. 
 3.4 Support or ownership requirements. 
 3.4.1 Transportability. 
 3.4.1.1 The CK shall be
capable of rail transportation without damage or degradation to the CK system or its trailer (see 6.10), and without damage to internal fastening devices (e.g., tiedown cables, blocking, or bracing). 
 3.4.1.2 Fixed wing. The CK shall be transportable in C-l30 and larger Air Mobility Command (AMC) aircraft. 
 3.4.1.3 Helicopter Sling Load (HSL). The CK, mounted on its trailer (see 6.10), shall be capable of being externally
transported (sling loaded) by a DoD CH-47D rotary wing aircraft. The CK/trailer combination shall be structurally capable of meeting the requirements of interface standard MIL-STD-209 and shall show no signs of damage or degradation as a result of
aerial transportation. 
 9 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.4.1.4 Ground mobility. The CK, mounted on its trailer (see 6.10), shall be capable of transportation over primary roads, secondary roads, and cross-country terrain. The CK shall
withstand the shocks and vibrations encountered in ground transportation without damage or degradation to the system. 
 3.4.1.5 Forklift. The CK, in transportation mode, shall be capable of being lifted onto and off of its trailer (see 6.10) by a forklift without damage or degradation to the CK or its forklift provisions. The CK shall have forklift
pockets for both loaded and unloaded containers (see 6.9) which conform to the dimensions of forklift pockets specified in ISO Standard 1496-1. 
 3.4.2 System weight. The total weight of the CK system, not including the trailer, fuel, or water, shall be not greater than 14,200 lbs. 
 3.4.3 Roof loads. The roof of the CK shall support the weight of personnel and equipment necessary for all set up, tear down,
operation, maintenance, and camouflage tasks which take place on the roof without evidence of damage or degradation. In operational mode, the roof surfaces of the CK shall withstand a uniform snow load equivalent to 40 pounds per square foot.

 3.4.4 Reliability. The CK shall demonstrate a mean time between essential function failure (MTBEFF) of not
less than 110 hours. The CK shall demonstrate a mean time between system abort (MTBSA) of not less than 160 hours. 
 3.4.5 Preventative maintenance. The time required for before-operations and for after-operations preventative maintenance checks and services (PMCS) for the CK system, excluding all government furnished equipment, shall not exceed 15
minutes each. When blackout conditions are required, before-operations PMCS shall include deploying and checking the blackout provisions (see 3.2.15). During-operations checks shall consist of monitoring onboard system devices. PMCS may be performed
sequentially or in parallel by the cooks. 
 3.4.6 Accessibility. All major components (e.g., generator) shall be
accessible for adjustment, maintenance, servicing, and replacement without removing any other major component. All other components and assemblies shall be designed for ease of installation and replacement, and shall be accessible for maintenance,
service, and replacement with minimum disturbance to other components. 
 3.4.7 Support equipment. The CK shall
not require any new system-specific test, measurement, or diagnostic equipment. The CK shall not require any new or special tools for repair or maintenance. Special tools are tools other than common hand tools currently in the supply system or those
specifically designed for use with a delivered product. 
 10 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.4.8 Finish. Except where detrimental to proper operation, external surfaces of the CK shall have a nontoxic chemical agent resistant finish. The word “CARC” together with the
month and year of finishing, shall be stenciled near the identification plate (see 3.4.9) in block letters not less than one-inch high using lusterless chemical agent resistant paint. The color and type of the finish paint and stenciling paint shall
be as specified in the contract or purchase order (see 6.2). 
 3.4.9 Identification plate, The CK shall have a
durable, permanently affixed identification plate. The information on the identification plate shall be as specified in the contract or purchase order (see 6.2). 
 3.4.10 Ozone-depleting substances. All refrigerants used in the CK shall be commercially available nonozone-depleting, and environmentally safe. Class I ozone-depleting substances (see
6.7), as determined by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), shall not be contained in, and shall be prohibited from use during the fabrication of the CK. 
 3.5 Human-system intergration requirements. 
 3.5.1
Instructions and warning placards. The CK shall have appropriate warning labels and instructions to assist personnel with safe operation and emergency procedures. All placards shall be permanently affixed to equipment, and shall be sufficiently
durable to remain legible at all times. All placards shall be noticeable, recognizable and understandable. 
 3.5.2 Human Factors. The dimensions and layout of the CK shall permit safe and effective operation and maintenance by male and female personnel in the 5th to 95th percentiles when wearing the field duty uniform, mission-oriented
protective posture (MOPP) level-II, and the cold weather ensemble during all potential environmental and operational conditions. Relevant anthropometric measurements are listed in table IV, and additional guidance can be found in the 1988
Anthropometric Survey of U.S. Army Personnel (see 6.11). 
 TABLE IV. Anthropometric dimensions 
 Description 
 Dimension to be used 
 Example application 
 Overhead reach 
 73 inches (5th percentile female) 
 Shelf height

 Functional reach 
 32 inches (5th percentile female) 
 Counter depth

 Stature 
 74 inches (95th percentile male, boots) 
 Head
clearance 
 Shoulder breadth 
 27 inches (95th percentile male, bulky clothing) 
 Passage clearance 
 Weight 
 199 pounds (in BDU) 
 Roof weight limits 
 11 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.5.3 Uncontrolled hazards. The CK shall present no uncontrolled hazards to operators or potential damage to government equipment. Fail-safe design shall be used for critical safety/health
function components or subsystems. Damage to safeguards shall be easily noticed by operators. 
 3.5.4 Fire
protection. The CK shall have emergency fire protection equipment consisting of a minimum of four 2.5 lb. fire extinguishers with ABC fire-fighting capability. Two of the fire extinguishers shall be located near the access door to the food
preparation area (see 3.5.6), and the other two shall be located near the generator compartment. 
 3.5.5
Emergency lighting. The CK shall have emergency lighting which automatically activates when normal lighting is lost. Sufficient emergency lighting shall be provided for personnel to safely evacuate the CK. 
 3.5.6 Doors. In operational mode (see 3.2.2), the CK shall have a door to enter the serving line, a door to exit the serving
line, and a door to access the food preparation area. 
 3.5.7 Windows, In operational mode (see 3.2.2), the CK
shall have windows, which can be used for enhanced ventilation and illumination when the operational situation permits. The windows shall include insect screens, and closures to meet environmental (see 3.6) and blackout (see 3.2.15) requirements.
The CK shall have a minimum of four windows in the serving area and two windows in the food preparation area. Each window shall have a usable ventilation area of at least 7 square feet. 
 3.5.8 Stair-ladders. The CK shall include stair-ladders for safe ingress and egress when mounted on a towed trailer (see
6.10). One set of stair-ladders shall be provided for each door (see 3.5.6). 
 3.5.9 Roof access
steps/handholds. The CK shall have roof access steps/handholds for safe access to and from the roof of the CK when mounted on a trailer (see 6.10) and when dismounted. Each step/handhold shall be capable of supporting 400 pounds without damage to
itself or the CK. All steps/handholds permanently attached to the exterior of the container shall comply with transportation requirements (see 3.2.1 and 3.4.1). 
 3.5.10 Non-slip flooring and steps. The floors and steps shall be covered with a non-slip material to minimize slipping hazards from water, grease, and spilled food. 
 3.5.11 Efficient layout. The equipment layout in the CK shall allow five people to work comfortably and conveniently. Work
areas shall be arranged to minimize walking between stations, to eliminate awkward body positions and reaches, and to provide adequate space to avoid crowding. 
 12 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.5.12 Tripping hazards. Aisles and passageways shall be free of tripping hazards such as door thresholds and other projections. 
 3.5.13 Surface heights. Food preparation surfaces shall have a height of 36 ± 0.5 inches from the floor. 

3.5.14 Weight lifting/moving. All items designed to be carried or removed and replaced shall have handles or other
suitable means for grasping, handling, and carrying. All items intended to be handled by one person shall weigh not more than 42 pounds. All items requiring ring more than one person to lift shall have a permanently affixed placard identifying the
number of persons required to lift. Two-person, three-person, and four-person lifting limits are 84 pounds, 115 pounds, and 147 pounds, respectively, provided the load is uniformly distributed and the object is sufficiently large that the lifters do
not interfere with one another. All heavy components that must be pushed horizontally (e.g., refrigerator) shall have locking wheels for repositioning them. 
 3.5.15 Surface temperatures. For surfaces where momentary skin contact could occur, temperatures shall not exceed 140°F for metal surfaces and 185°F for plastic surfaces. For
surfaces where direct skin contact is expected, temperatures shall not exceed 120°F for metal surfaces and 156°F for plastic surfaces. 
 3.5.16 Illumination. Illumination levels in the CK preparation areas shall be between 20 and 75 foot-candles for all operational and maintenance tasks. 
 3.5.17 Noise. The steady-state noise level in the CK shall be less than 85dBA. 
 3.5.18 Ventilation. The CK shall provide ventilation or other protective measures to keep gases, vapors, dust, and fumes
within safe limits. Intakes for ventilation systems shall be located to minimize the introduction of contaminated air from such sources as exhaust pipes. 
 3.5.19 Vibration. The CK shall not produce vibrations, which make operators uncomfortable or otherwise interfere with the ability to perform any operational or maintenance tasks.

 3.5.20 Sharp edges/moving parts. The CK shall be free from non-functional sharp edges and projections. The CK
shall not have any exposed moving parts, which could injure personnel. 
 3.5.21 Flammability. Fabrics and other
materials in the CK shall be non-flammable, self extinguishing, and shall not melt when exposed to flame or high heat. 
 13 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 3.5.22 Toxicity. Materials used in the CK shall not cause skin irritations or other injuries, and shall not produce vapor hazards, including the emission of toxic or noxious odors, to
personnel in the CK under all environmental conditions. 
 3.6 Environmental requirements. 
 3.6.1 Temperature. The CK shall be capable of set up, tear down, and operation in ambient temperature ranges of -25°F to
120°F with 3% relative humidity, at 105°F with 59% relative humidity, and 88°F with 88% relative humidity. 
 3.6.2 Rain/water. The CK, in operational and transportation modes, shall not permit water intrusion. 
 3.6.3 Humidity. The CK, in operational and transportation modes, shall be capable of withstanding daily exposure of up to 97% humidity, and exposure of 100% relative humidity (with condensation) for short periods of time without
evidence of corrosion, structural damage, degradation, or permanent deformation. 
 3.6.4 Marine atmosphere. The
CK shall be capable of operation and transportation when exposed to a marine environment equivalent to 25 lb/acre/yr (2.0 g/m2/yr) salt solution without experiencing corrosion or other degradation. 
 3.6.5 Sand/dust. The CK shall remain operable in sand and dust conditions. 
 3.6.6 Fungus. The CK and all the material that composes the CK shall be impervious to fungus growth. 
 3.6.7 Storage. The CK shall start and operate after storage at temperatures of -50°F to 
 160°F with no evidence of damage or degradation. 
 4. VERIFICATION 
 4.1 Classification of inspections. The inspection requirements specified herein are classified as follows: 
 a. First article inspection (see 4.1.1) 
 b.
Conformance inspection (see 4.1.2) 
 4.1.1 First article inspection. When a first article is required (see 3.1
and 6.2), a sample shall be examined for all the verifications indicated in table V. 
 14 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 4.1.2 Conformance inspection. Conformance inspections shall consist of all the verifications indicated in table V. Sampling for this inspection shall be as specified in the contract or
purchase order (see 6.2). 
 TABLE V. Verification matrix 
 Requirement 
 Requirement paragraph 
 Verification paragraph 
 FA* 
 C** 
 Operating requirements 
 Transportation mode 3.2.1 4.4.3.1 X X 
 Operational mode 3.2.2 4.4.1 X X 
 Meal preparation
3.2.3 4.4.2 (1) 
 Set up and tear down 3.2.4 4.4.4.1 X X 
 Integrated equipment 3.2.5 4.4.1 X X 
 Environmental control 3.2.6 4.4.4.2 (1) 
 Exhaust
system 3.2.7 4.4.2 (1) 
 Refrigerator 3.2.8 4.4.2 X X 
 Heated cabinet 3.2.9 4.4.2 X X 
 Hand-washing capability 3.2.10 4.4.2 X X 
 Floor
drain 3.2.11 4.4.1 X X 
 Storage areas 3.2.12 4.4.1 X X 
 Leveling 3.2.13 4.4.1 X X 
 Sanitation 3.2.14 4.4.3.2 X X 
 Blackout capability
3.2.15 4.4.4.3 (1) 
 Interface and interoperability requirements 
 Electrical system 3.3.1.1 4.4.1, 4.4.3.3 X X 
 External power 3.3.1.2 4.4.1 X X 
 Electrical
connectors 3.3.1.3 4.4.1 X X 
 MBU electrical interface 3.3.1.4 4.4.1 X X 
 Convenience outlets 3.3.1.5 4.4.1 X X 
 Power switches 3.3.1.6 4.4.1 X X 
 Overload
protection 3.3.1.7 4.4.1 X X 
 Emergency shut-off 3.3.1.8 4.4.4.4 X X 
 Potable water 3.3.2 4.4.1 X X 
 Wastewater 3.3.3 4.4.1 X X 
 Generator 3.3.4 4.4.1
X X 
 MBU refuel capability 3.3.5 4.4.1 X X 
 Field oven exhaust 3.3.6 4.4.1 X X 
 Weapons rack 3.3.7 4.4.1 X X 
 15 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 Support or ownership requirements 
 Rail transport
3.4.1.1 4.4.5.1(1) 
 Fixed wing transport 3.4.1.2 4.4.5.2(1) 
 Helicopter Sling Load transport 3.4.1.3 4.4.5.3(1) 
 Ground mobility 3.4.1.4 4.4.5.4(1) 
 Forklift transport 3.4.1.5 4.4.5.5 X X 
 System
weight 3.4.2 4.4.1 X X 
 Roof loads 3.4.3 4.4.5.6 X X 
 Reliability 3.4.4 4.4.4.5(1) 
 Preventative maintenance 3.4.5 4.4.2(1) 
 Accessibility 3.4.6 4.4.4.6 X X 
 Support equipment 3.4.7 4.4.2 X X 
 Finish 3.4.8 4.4.1,4.4.3.4 X X 
 Identification plate 3.4.9 4.4.1 X X 
 Ozone-depleting substances 3.4.10 4.4.3.5 X X 
 Human-system integration requirements

 Instruction and warning placards 3.5.1 4.4.1 X X 
 Human factors 3.5.2 4.4.2(1) 
 Uncontrolled hazards 3.5.3 4.4.2 X X 
 Fire
protection 3.5.4 4.4.1 X X 
 Emergency lighting 3.5.5 4.4.1 X X 
 Doors 3.5.6 4.4.1 X X 
 Windows 3.5.7 4.4.1 X X 
 Stair-ladders 3.5.8 4.4.1
X X 
 Roof access steps/handholds 3.5.9 4.4.5.7 X X 
 Non-slip flooring and steps 3.5.10 4.4.2(1) 
 Efficient layout 3.5.11 4.4.2(1) 
 Tripping hazards
3.5.12 4.4.1 X X 
 Surface heights 3.5.13 4.4.1 X X 
 Weight lifting/moving 3.5.14 4.4.1 X X 
 Surface temperatures 3.5.15 4.4.2 X X 
 Illumination 3.5.16 4.4.1 X X 
 Noise 3.5.17 4.4.2 X X 
 Ventilation 3.5.18 4.4.5.8 X X 
 Vibration 3.5.19 4.4.2(1) 
 Sharp edges/moving
parts 3.5.20 4.4.1 X X 
 Flammability 3.5.21 4.4.5.9 X X 
 Toxicity 3.5.22 4.4.3.6 X X 
 Environmental requirements 
 16 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 Temperature 
 3.6.1 
 4.4.5.10 
 (1) 
 Rain/water 
 3.6.2 
 4.4.5.11 
 (1) 
 Humidity 
 3.6.3 
 4.4.5.12 
 (1) 
 Marine atmosphere 
 3.6.4 
 4.4.5.13 
 (1) 
 Sand/dust 
 3.6.5 
 4.4.5.14 
 (1) 
 Fungus 
 3.6.6 
 4.4.5.15 
 (1) 
 Storage 
 3.6.7 
 4.4.5.16 
 (1) 
 (1) 
 (1) These tests shall be performed as part of the contractor first article test only when specified in the contract or purchase order (see 6.2). 
 * First article inspection 
 ** Conformance inspection 
 4.2 Order of
verifications. Certifications (see 4.4.3) and examinations (see 4.4.1) shall be conducted before all other verifications listed in table V. All remaining verifications can be performed in any order. 
 4.3 Verification alternatives. The contractor may propose alternative test methods, techniques, or equipment, including the
application of statistical process control, tool control, or cost-effective sampling procedures to verify performance (see 6.4). 
 4.4 Verification methods. Verification methods can include visual examination, measurement, testing, simulation, modeling, engineering evaluation, component properties analysis, certification and similarity to
previously-approved or previously-qualified designs. 
 4.4.1 Examinations. Examinations are nondestructive
verifications which can include use of human senses, simple physical manipulation, and mechanical and electrical gauging and measurements. Examinations shall be used to verify that the performance criteria in section 3 have been satisfied for the
following requirements. 
 a. Operational mode (see 3.2.2) 
 b. Integrated equipment (see 3.2.5) 
 c. Floor drain (see 3.2.11) 
 d. Storage areas (see
3.2.12) 
 e. Leveling (see 3.2.13) 
 f. Electrical system (see 3.3.1.1) 
 g. External
power (see 3.3.1.2) 
 h. Electrical connectors (see 3.3.1.3) 
 i. MBU electrical interface (see 3.3.1.4) 
 j. Convenience outlets (see 3.3.1.5) 
 k. Power
switches (see 3.3.1.6) 
 1. Overload protection (see 3.3.1.7) 
 m. Potable water interface (see 3.3.2) 
 17 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 n. Wastewater interface (see 3.3.3) 
 o. Generator
interface (see 3.3.4) 
 p. MBU refuel capability (see 3.3.5) 
 q. Field oven and Tray Pack Heater Tank exhaust interface (see 3.3.6) 
 r. Weapons rack (see 3.3.7) 
 s. System weight (see 3.4.2) 
 t. Finish (see
3.4.8) 
 u. Identification plate (see 3.4.9) 
 v. Instructions and warning placards (see 3.5.1) 
 w. Fire protection (see 3.5.4) 
 x. Emergency lighting (see 3.5.5) 
 y. Doors (see
3.5.6) 
 z. Windows (see 3.5.7) 
 aa. Stair-ladders (see 3.5.8) 
 bb. Tripping
hazards (see 3.5.12) 
 cc. Surface heights (see 3.5.13) 
 dd. Weight lifting/moving (see 3.5.14) 
 ee. Illumination (see 3.5.16) 
 ff. Sharp
edges/moving parts (see 3.5.20) 
 4.4.2 Operational demonstration. An operational demonstration will be
conducted using representative user troops to operate and maintain the CK, preparing two meals a day for 800 soldiers. Operational demonstration shall be used to verify that the performance criteria in section 3 have been satisfied for the following
requirements. For requirements, which are not easily measured or demonstrated (e.g., efficient layout, see 3.5.11), verification will rely on user feedback from the operational demonstration. 
 a. Meal preparation (see 3.2.3) 
 b. Exhaust system (see 3.2.7) 
 c. Refrigerator
(see 3.2.8) 
 d. Heated cabinet (see 3.2.9) 
 e. Hand-washing capability (see 3.2.10) 
 f. Preventative maintenance (see 3.4.5) 
 g.
Support equipment (see 3.4.7) 
 h. Human factors (see 3.5.2) 
 i. Uncontrolled hazards (see 3.5.3) 
 j. Non-slip flooring and steps (see 3.5.10) 
 k.
Efficient layout (see 3.5.11) 
 1. Surface temperatures (see 3.5.15) 
 m. Noise (see 3.5.17) 
 n. Vibration (see 3.5.19) 
 18 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 4.4.3 Certifications. 
 4.4.3.1 Transportation mode
certification. The contractor shall certify that the CK in 
 transportation mode meets the dimensional
requirements of ISO Standard 668 and ISO 
 Standard 1161. The contractor shall certify that the CK meets the
testing requirements of ISO 
 Standard 8323 and ISO Standard 1496-1. The contractor shall receive a written
Certificate for 
 Safe Containers from the Coast Guard for the CK. 
 4.4.3.2 Sanitation certification. The contractor shall certify that all surfaces meet the requirements of NSF International
Standard No. 2. 
 4.4.3.3 Electrical system certification. The contractor shall certify that the electrical
system meets the requirements of NFPA Standard No. 70. 
 4.4.3.4 Finish certification. The contractor shall
certify that the finish meets the test requirements of MIL-C-53072. 
 4.4.3.5 Ozone-depleting substances
certification. The contractor shall certify that no refrigerant used in the CK is listed as a Class I ozone-depleting substance in the Environmental Protection Agency’s Pollutants/Toxic Web page at http://www.epa.gov/ebtpages/pollutants.html
(see 6.7). 
 4.4.3.6 Toxicity certification. The contractor shall certify that materials used in the CK do not
produce toxic exposure exceeding the limits specified in the American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs). 
 4.4.4 Demonstrations. 
 4.4.4.1 Set up and tear down demonstration. Measure the time required for four military personnel and a supervisor to set up and tear down the CK. Setup begins with the CK configured for
transportation. Setup will be considered complete when the system is leveled, all components have been moved to their final positions, all external interfaces (e.g., water, electric) have been connected, and meal preparation may begin. Tear down
begins with the CK configured for meal preparation. Tear down will be considered complete when the CK has been returned to transportation mode. Time required to set up and to tear down shall not exceed 45 minutes each. If set up or tear down
requires electrical power, verify that non-electric backup provisions and procedures are provided. 
 19

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 4.4.4.2 Environmental control demonstration. When performing the extreme temperature tests (see 4.4.5.10), verify that the CK maintains an internal temperature of greater than 60°F and
a Wet Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT) Index of less than 90°F using time weighted averages taken at five minute intervals, measured where the operators are working (i.e., not directly over the grill). After set up (see 3.2.4), allow the CK not
more than 45 minutes to bring the interior temperature into the acceptable range. Measure the temperature difference between head level and floor level to be 10°F or less. The equation to determine the WBGT Index is (where NWB is the Natural
Wet-Bulb Temperature, and GT is the Globe Temperature): 
 WBGT = 0.7xNWB + 0.3xGT 
 4.4.4.3 Blackout capability demonstration. Perform this demonstration on the CK in operational mode with blackout provisions
deployed. While operating the CK for a simulated meal (see 6.15), verify that no visible light is detected using the naked eye from a distance of 300 feet. Begin observations by looking for light 360 degrees around the CK in 45 degree increments,
After completion of the 360-degree measurement, monitor all door openings for the remaining meal preparation time. 
 4.4.4.4 Emergency shut-off demonstration. Verify that the CK has an emergency shut-off switch located near the food preparation area access door. With the CK in operational mode, demonstrate that the switch shuts down the entire
electrical system. Examine the power control panel to verify that it is completely de-energized. Conduct the demonstration once using the generator and once using an external power source. 
 4.4.4.5 Reliability demonstration. The CK will be evaluated as a group of sub-components which contribute to the system
overall reliability demonstration. The CK shall demonstrate essential function reliability by completing the operational demonstration (see 4.4.2) without equipment failure or accepted fix and validation. Emphasis will be put on the transportability
as a means of simulating the most critical environment the system needs to withstand. All sub-components failures occurring during test will require a contractor proposed fix and validation that is approved by the Army as a requirement for test
completion and reliability validation. An essential function failure (EFF) is an event resulting in loss or degradation of cooking, refrigeration, climate control, ventilation, lighting, power generation, water distribution, mobility, or overall
operability function. A system abort (SA) is any EFF or combination of EFFs that prevent the CK from producing a scheduled hot meal, that renders the system unable to enter service or causes immediate removal from service, or an event posing threat
of serious injury to personnel or equipment. 
 4.4.4.6 Accessibility demonstration. Verify accessibility during
the preventative maintenance demonstration (see 4.4.2), by demonstrating that all components and assemblies are easily accessible for maintenance, service, and replacements with minimum disturbance to other 
 20 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 components. Verify that major components are accessible for maintenance by removing and replacing the generator and environmental control unit. 
 4.4.5 Tests. 
 4.4.5.1 Rail test. Test the CK in transportation mode, with and without its trailer, in accordance with test method standard MIL-STD-810, Method 516.4, Procedure VIII, rail impact. Upon
completion of the test, verify that the CK has no damage that renders it unsuitable for use. Certification that the CK meets the requirements for movement by rail shall be obtained from the Director, Military Traffic Management Command (MTMC-TEA),
ATTN: MTTE-DPE, 720 Thimble Shoals Road, Suite 130, Newport News, VA 23606-0276. 
 4.4.5.2 Fixed wing test. Test
the CK in transportation mode to determine suitability for fixed wing transportation (see 6.12). Upon completion of the tests, verify that the CK has no damage that renders it unsuitable for use. Certification that the CK meets the requirements for
movement by fixed-wing aircraft shall be obtained from the HQ, ASC/ENFC, Building 560, 2530 Loop Road West, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, OH 45433-7101. 
 4.4.5.3 Helicopter Sling Load (HSL) test. Test the CK in transportation mode, with its trailer, for compliance with MIL-STD-209 using a CH-47D helicopter. Upon completion of the test,
verify the CK has no damage that renders it unsuitable for use. Certification that the CK meets the requirements for movement by CH-47D helicopter shall be obtained from the U.S. Army Natick Soldier Systems Center, ATTN: AMSSB-RAD(N), Natick, MA
01760-5017. 
 4.4.5.4 Ground mobility test. Test the CK/trailer combination by transporting it over 3000 miles
of road courses simulating 30% primary roads, 65% secondary roads, and 5% cross country travel. After every 500 miles of ground mobility testing, set up the CK, inspect it for signs of damage, and verify that all components are still functional.
After 3000 miles, set up the CK and operate it for a simulated meal (see 6.15). 
 4.4.5.5 Forklift test. Examine
the CK to have forklift pockets that conform to ISO dimensional requirements for both loaded and unloaded containers. Using a forklift, lift the CK in transportation mode four feet off the ground for ten minutes. Then, lower the CK to a height of
one foot above the ground, and move it 50 feet forward and 50 feet back. Repeat this process for each set of forklift pockets. Inspect the CK for damage and deformation. Minor abrasions caused by the forklift tines do not constitute failure of this
test. 
 4.4.5.6 Roof loads test. Place a 330-pound load over two 1-square foot areas at the weakest point of the
fixed roof, and at various locations representing the spots where personnel will be positioned for setting up, tearing down, operating, maintaining, and camouflaging the CK. During the test, locate the two loaded areas no more than three feet apart.
At each location, apply the load for a minimum often minutes. To simulate a snow load, subject the roof surfaces 
 21 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 of the CK in operational mode to a uniform load of 40 pounds per square foot for five minutes. Visually inspect the CK for evidence of structural damage, delamination, popped seals, panel
separation, etc., both during the application of and after the removal of the applied loads. 
 4.4.5.7 Roof
access steps/handholds test. Apply a vertical load of 400 pounds for one minute to the outermost point of each deployed step/handhold, one at a time. For handhold(s) on the roof, apply a horizontal load of 400 pounds for one minute to the outermost
point of the deployed handhold. After applying each load, inspect the container and the step/handhold for damage or deformation. 
 4.4.5.8 Ventilation test. Using analytical methods referenced in the OSHA Technical 
 Manual (OTM), test air quality in the CK during meal preparation to be within the Permissible 
 Exposure Limits (PELs) specified by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 
 Standard No. 1910.1000. Using methods referenced in the NIOSH Manual of Analytical 
 Methods (NMAM), test the air quality to be within the limits specified in the American 
 Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Values (TLVs). 
 Verify
that ventilation intakes are not located near exhaust pipes. 
 4.4.5.9 Flammability test. Test all fabrics and
films in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 701. Verify that the fabric and other materials in the CK self-extinguish within 2 seconds after exposure to the flame source for 12 seconds. Measure the char length on the 12-inch by 2-inch sample
strip to be less than 6 inches. Verify that there is no flaming melt drip, or melted or molten pieces of fabric at any time. 
 4.4.5.10 Temperature test. Perform this test for each of the four following temperature conditions: -25°F, 120°F at 3% relative humidity, 105°F at 59% relative humidity, and 88°F with 88% relative humidity. For each
condition, soak the CK for at least one hour. Then set up the CK, operate it for a simulated meal (see 6.15), and tear it down. Verify that in these conditions the CK meets all requirements, giving special attention to the requirements in 3.2.3,
3.2.4, and 3.2.6. 
 4.4.5.11 Rain/water test. Test the CK to be waterproof in both operational mode and
transportation mode without the aid of supplementary sealing, caulking, taping, etc., using a 40 PSIG water spray. Spray each external surface for 30 minutes using nozzles located 19 inches from and normal to the surface. Visually examine the CK to
ensure that no water intrusion occurred, and weigh the CK to verify that the weight did not increase. 
 4.4.5.12
Humidity test. Expose the CK, in both operational mode and transportation mode, to the test conditions for the aggravated temperature-humidity cycle in accordance with test method standard MIL-STD-810, Humidity test, Method 507.4, both the
operational mode and transportation mode will be exposed for 5 cycles. After each mode of cycling has been 
 22

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 completed, inspect the CK for evidence of corrosion, structural damage, degradation, or permanent deformation. 
 4.4.5.13 Marine atmosphere test. Expose the CK, in both operational mode and transportation mode, to a marine atmosphere and test in accordance with MIL-STD-810, Salt Fog test, Method
509.4, except that the salt solution shall have a concentration of 10% and the exposure period shall be 96 hours. After the test, inspect the CK for evidence of corrosion and degradation. 
 4.4.5.14 Sand/dust test. Subject the CK, in transportation mode, to blowing sand testing in accordance with MIL-STD-810,
Method 510.4, procedure II. Subject all sides for 30 minutes each. The velocity of the sand stream shall be 3540 to 5700 ft/min., and the concentration shall be 2.2 ± 0.5 g/m3. Verify successful completion of the test by setting up the CK,
operating it for 30 minutes, and tearing it down. Next, subject the CK, in operational mode, to blowing dust in accordance with Method 510.3, procedure I for three hours at 70°F. The velocity shall be 300 to 1750 ft/min imposed on the CK
generator side. Verify successful completion of the test by operating the CK for 30 minutes and tearing it down. 
 4.4.5.15 Fungus test. All material components shall be certified for resistance to fungi. Where certification does not exist, that material shall be tested in accordance with MIL-STD-810, Method 508.5. Also, the CK in both
operational and transportation mode shall be tested in accordance with MIL-STD-810, Method 508.5. 
 4.4.5.16
Storage test. Subject the CK, in transportation mode, to storage temperatures of 160°F and -50°F. For each temperature, soak the CK for 24 hours and then bring the ambient temperature to 70°F. Verify successful completion of each test by
setting up the CK, operating it for 30 minutes, and tearing it down. 
 5. PACKAGING 
 5.1 Packaging. For acquisition purposes, the packaging requirements shall be as specified in the contract or order (see 6.2).
When actual packaging of materiel is to be performed by DoD personnel, these personnel need to contact the responsible packaging activity to ascertain requisite packaging requirements. Packaging requirements are maintained by the Inventory Control
Point’s packaging activity within the Military Department or Defense Agency, or within the Military Department’s System Command. Packaging data retrieval is available from the managing Military Department’s or Defense Agency’s
automated packaging files, CD-ROM products, or by contacting the responsible packaging activity. 
 23

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 6. NOTES 
 (This section contains information of a
general or explanatory nature that may be helpful, but is not mandatory.) 
 6.1 Intended use. The CK will be
employed at meal preparation sites generally limited to the battalion level but also may be employed at selected units and remote locations. The CK will be used to prepare up to three hot meals per day when the tactical and logistical situation
permits. Food will be prepared and served from the CK at the preparation site and/or placed in insulated food containers for remote feeding. The CK will be capable of operation in temperature, humidity, and solar radiation conditions of hot and
basic climates and will be capable of worldwide deployment consistent with climatic requirements. The CK will be interfaced with a towed trailer for ground transportation. The kitchen covered by this specification is military unique because there
are no commercial kitchens available which offer a similar food preparation capability while meeting the transportability, environmental, interface, and cost requirements. 
 6.2 Acquisition requirements. Acquisition documents must specify the following: 
 a. Title, number, and date of this specification 
 b. Issue of DoDISS to be cited in the solicitation, and if required, the specific issue of individual documents referenced (see 2.2.1, 2.2.2, and 2.3) 
 c. When a first article is required (see 3.1,4.1.1, and 6.3) 
 d. Government furnished equipment source and delivery (see 3.2.5) 
 e. When additional tests are
required for first article (see table V) 
 f. Sampling for conformance testing (see 4.1.2) 
 g. Color and type of finish paint and stenciling paint required (see 3.4.8); the paint will be in accordance with MIL-C-53072
for Army procurements 
 h. Information required on the identification plate (see 3.4.9) 
 i. Packaging requirements (see 5.1) 
 j. When a technical manual is required (see 6.5) 
 6.3 First article. When requiring a first article inspection, contracting documents should provide specific guidance to offerors. This guidance should cover whether the first article is a first article sample, a first production
item, or the number of test items. These documents should also include specific instructions regarding arrangements for examinations, approval of first article test results, and disposition of first articles. Pre-solicitation documents should
provide Government waiver rights for samples for first article inspection to bidders offering a previously acquired or tested product. Bidders offering such products, who wish to rely on such production testing must furnish evidence with the bid
that prior Government approval is appropriate for the pending contract. 
 24 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 6.4 Verification alternatives. Contracting documents should provide guidance to offerors regarding the submission of alternatives to specified verification methods (see 4.3). 

6.5 Technical manuals. The requirement for technical manuals should be considered when this specification is applied on a
contract. If technical manuals are required, specifications and standards that have been cleared and listed in DoD 5010.12-L, Acquisition Management Systems and Data Requirements Control List (AMSDL) must be listed on a separate Contract Data
Requirements List (DD Form 1423), which is included as an exhibit to the contract. The technical manuals must be acquired under a separate contract line item in the contract. 
 6.6 Recycled, recovered, or environmentally preferable materials. Recycled, recovered, or environmentally preferable
materials should be used to the maximum extent possible provided that the material meets or exceeds the operational and maintenance requirements, and promotes economically advantageous life cycle costs. 
 6.7 Ozone-depleting substances. A listing of ozone-depleting substances prohibited from use can be found in the Environmental
Protection Agency’s Pollutants/Toxic Web page at http://www.epa.gov/ebtpages/pollutants.html. 
 6.8 Army
field rations. Information about army field rations can be found in the publication Operational Rations of the Department of Defense, Natick PAM 30-25. This document is available from the U.S. Army Soldier Systems Center, ATTN: AMSSB-RCF-G(N),
Kansas Street, Natick, MA 01760. 
 6.9 Forklifts. Some Army Forklifts which will be used to lift the CK are
incompatible with ISO standard forklift pocket dimensions for loaded containers, but are compatible with the pocket dimensions for unloaded containers (see 3.4.1.5). 
 6.10 Trailer. The towed trailer for the CK system is not part of this specification, but will be used for assessing transportability and other requirements. The trailer includes jacks,
which can level a load such as the CK in transportation mode (see 3.2.1 and 3.2.13). The technical manual, TM 9-2330-328-l4&P, is available from the Standardization Documents Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA
19111-5094. 
 6.11 Human Factors. The 1988 Anthropometric Survey of U.S. Army Personnel, Natick TR-89/044, is
available from the National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. 
 6.12 Fixed wing transportation. Guidance for design and testing of the fixed wing transportation requirements (see 3.4.1.2 and 4.4.5.2) can be found in MIL-HDBK-l791 — Designing for Internal Aerial Delivery in Fixed
Wing Aircraft. This document is available from 
 25 

 

 
  
 W911QY-04-R-0011 
 Attachment 1 
 MIL-PRF-32026(GL) 
 the Standardization Documents Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094. 
 6.13 Expandable container. A three-for-one container has been successfully used to satisfy’ the requirement for sheltered floorspace in 3.2.2. 
 6.14 Exhaust fans. A pair of exhaust fans, with a combined capacity of 750 cubic feet/minute at 1.00 inch static pressure,
have been successfully used as part of an exhaust system which satisfies the requirements of 3.2.7. 
 6.15
Simulated meal. Some verifications (see 4.4.4.3, 4.4.5.4, and 4.4.5.10) require operating the CK for a simulated meal. The simulated meal will consist of five persons performing all activities, including ingress and egress of the CK, and operating
all equipment, such as exhaust fans and MBUs, in a manner that closely resembles actual preparation of 800 A-Ration meals. The simulated meal will have a duration of three hours, and may include the preparation of limited quantities of food.

 6.16 Subject term (keyword) listing. 
 Field feeding 
 Food 
 Hot meals 
 ISO container 
 Meal preparation 
 Mobile 
 Modern burner unit 
 Ration 
 Trailer 
 Custodian: Preparing activity: 
 Army - GL Army - OL 
 Review Activities: (Project
7360-A198) 
 Army - MD1, QM1 
 26 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 Attachment 3 
 MIL-PRF-49506 
 APPENDIX A 
 SUMMARY TITLE(s): Maintenance Planning
Summary and Repair Analysis Summary 
 SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS: Contractor shall prepare Supportability Analysis

 Summaries outlining maintenance repair times and levels for the Maintenance Allocation 
 Chart. Contractor format is acceptable as approved by the Government. Submittal(s) in hard copy format and 3.5 disk or
compact disk (CD) in ASCII format following Government approval. 
 DATA IN LMI SPECIFICATION (Please provide the
data product title): 
 Data NOT IN LMI SPECIFICATION (Please provide the data product title, its definition and
its format): 
 Maintenance Planning Summary: This summary shall provide, in contractor format, supporting
information j justifying the need for each maintenance action on the Maintenance Allocation Chart, e.g., elapsed time of maintenance actions; task frequency; failure rate of an item; Mean Time to Repair an item; and an item’s man hour
allocation by maintenance action and level. 
 Repair Analysis Summary: This summary shall provide, in contractor
format, the levels of maintenance at which the repair should be performed and which items should be repaired and which should be discarded. The summary may identify the placement and allocation of spares, support equipment and personnel. 

SUMMARY LAYOUT (if applicable): Government Provided: Contractor Provided: X 
 FIGURE 1 - WORKSHEET 1 - SUPPORTABILITY ANALYSIS SUMMARIES 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 MIL-PRF-49506 
 APPENDIX B 
 * * 
 * DATA PRODUCT DELIVERABLE: * 
 * * 
 * * 
 * This worksheet is used to select data deemed necessary by the government. * 
 * Data should be used to feed down stream government process. * 
 * * 
 * SELECT EXPLANATION * 
 * X Data product required on all items * 
 * * 
 * A As applicable * 
 * * 
 * T Registered Support Equipment Only * 
 * * 
 * U Non-Registered Support Equipment Only *

 * * 
 * R Repairables only * 
 * * 
 * P All “P” source code items * 
 * * 
 * N New “P” source code items *

 * * 
 * Y National Stock Number items * 
 * * 

* O “Ref” items only * 
 * * 
 * F First appearance items only * 

* 
 C COTS items * 
 * * 
 * I NDI items * 
 * * 
 * D Developmental items * 
 * * 
 * L LRU/WRA items * 
 * * 
 * S SRA/SRU items * 
 * * 
 * M Packaging, Common items * 
 * * 
 * B Packaging, Bulk items * 
 * * 
 * E Support Equipment * 
 * * 
 * NOTE: Other codes may be assigned by the
program office as identified below. * 
 * Program specific selections and explanations. * 
 * * 
 * * 
 * * 
 * * 
 * * 
 * * 
 ** 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 1 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 DATE PRODUCT TITLE SELECT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE (AIC) 
 ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY 
 ALTERNATE INDENTURED
PRODUCT CODE {AIPC) 
 ALTERNATE IPC - UUT 
 AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT CODE 
 BASIS OF ISSUE (BOI) 
 QUANTITY AUTHORIZED
(QTY-AUTH) 
 END ITEM X 
 LEVEL 
 CONTROL 
 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY RECOMMENDED 
 CALIBRATION INTERVAL 
 CALIBRATION ITEM 
 LIBRATION PROCEDURE 

CALIBRATION REQUIRED 
 CALIBRATION TIME 
 CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER

 CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURE 
 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE x 
 CAGE CODE - ADAPTER INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE 
 CAGE CODE - ARN X 
 CAGE CODE - ARN ITEM X 
 CAGE CODE - ARTICLES REQUIRING SUPPORT 
 CAGE CODE
- ATE 
 CAGE CODE - CATEGORY III SE 
 CAGE CODE - CTIC 
 CAGE CODE - PACKAGING DATA PREPARER 
 CAGE CODE -
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT x 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 2 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 CAGE CODE - TEST PROGRAM SET 
 CAGE CODE - OUT 
 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED
EQUIPMENT/GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (CFE/GFE) 
 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 
 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED - DDCC 
 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED - IRCC 
 CONTRACTOR
TECHNICAL INFORMATION CODE (CTIC) 
 CONTROLLED INVENTORY ITEM CODE 
 CRITICALITY CODE 
 CUSHIONING AND DUNNAGE MATERIAL CODE 
 CUSHIONING
THICKNESS 
 DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE 
 DEMILITARIZATION CODE (DMIL) x 
 DESCRIPTION/FUNCTION AND CHARACTERISTICS [ILLEGIBLE] SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE 
 DESIGN DATA PRICE 
 END ITEM ACRONYM CODE (EIAC) 
 ESSENTIALITY CODE x 
 ESTIMATED PRICE x Actual
Price is required 
 ESTIMATED PRICE - DDCC 
 ESTIMATED PRICE - IRCC 
 FIGURE NUMBER x 
 FRAGILITY FACTOR 
 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 
 FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE x 
 HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM
(HCI) 
 HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE 
 HAZARDOUS CODE 
 INDENTURE CODE x 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 3 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 MIL-PRF-49506 
 APPENDIX B 
 ATTACHING PART/HARDWARE 
 OPTION 1 
 OPTION 2 
 OPTION 3 X 
 OPTION 4 x 
 OPTION 5 
 INDENTURE FOR KITS x 
 OPTION 1 x 
 OPTION 2 
 OPTION 3 
 INDENTURE CODE - IPC 
 INDENTURED PRODUCT CODE (IPC) 
 INDENTURED PRODUCT CODE (IPC) - UUT 
 INPUT POWER
SOURCE 
 OPERATING RANGE - MINIMUM 
 OPERATING RANGE - MAXIMUM 
 ALTERNATING
CURRENT/DIRECT CURRENT 
 FREQUENCY RANGE - MINIMUM 
 FREQUENCY RANGE - MAXIMUM 
 PHASE 
 WATTS 
 PERCENT MAXIMUM RIPPLE 
 INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES 
 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE 
 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS CATEGORY CODE

 INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 
 INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER CODE 
 INTERMEDIATE
CONTAINER QUANTITY 
 ITEM CATEGORY CODE (ICC) 
 [ILLEGIBLE] DESIGNATOR CODE 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 4

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 ITEM DESIGNATOR - END ARTICLE 
 ITEM DESIGNATOR - GOVERNMENT 
 ITEM NAME x

 ITEM NAME - ARTICLE REQUIRING SUPPORT 
 ITEM NAME - SE 
 ITEM NAME CODE 
 ITEM NUMBER 
 JULIAN DATE - SPI NUMBER 
 LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT (LRU) x 
 LOT QUANTITY

 FROM 
 TO 
 MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE (MAC) 
 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT FACTOR (MRF) 
 MRF - DEPOT LEVEL REPAIRABLES 
 MRF - FIELD LEVEL
REPAIRABLES 
 MRF - CONSUMABLES x 
 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I (MRRI) x 
 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II (MRRII) x 
 OPTION 1 
 OPTION 2 
 MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION x 
 MATERIAL 
 MATERIAL LEADTIME 
 MATERIAL WEIGHT 
 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME
(MAOT) 
 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES (MTBF) 
 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES (MTBF) - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR (MTTR) 
 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR (MTTR) - SE 
 FIGURE 2 -
WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 5 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 
 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 MEASUREMENT BASE (MB) 
 MEASUREMENT BASE - MEAN
TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 
 MEASUREMENT BASE - MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 MEASUREMENT BASE - WEAROUT LIFE 
 METHOD OF PRESERVATION 
 MOBILE FACILITY CODE

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER - CONTAINER 
 FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION X 
 NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER X 
 NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER AND RELATED DATA X 
 COGNIZANCE CODE 
 MATERIEL CONTROL CODE 
 FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION x 
 NATIONAL ITEM
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 
 SPECIAL MATERIEL IDENTIFICATION CODE/MATERIEL MANAGEMENT AGGREGATION CODE 
 ACTIVITY CODE 
 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (NHA PLISN) x 
 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR (NHA IND) x 
 NOT
REPARABLE THIS STATION (NRTS) 
 OPERATOR’S MANUAL X 
 OPTIONAL PROCEDURE INDICATOR 
 OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE (ORR) 
 PACKAGING
CATEGORY CODE 
 PACKING CODE 
 PARAMETERS 
 INPUT/OUTPUT CODE - CATEGORY III SE

 PARAMETER - CATEGORY III SE 
 RANGE FROM - CATEGORY III SE 
 RANGE TO - CATEGORY
III SE 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 6 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 ACCURACY - CATEGORY III SE 
 RANGE/VALUE CODE - CATEGORY III SE 
 INPUT/OUTPUT
CODE - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 PARAMETER - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 RANGE FROM - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 RANGE TO - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 ACCURACY - SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT 
 RANGE/VALUE CODE - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 INPUT/OUTPUT CODE - OUT 
 PARAMETER - UUT 
 RANGE FROM - UUT 
 RANGE TO - UUT 
 ACCURACY - UUT 
 RANGE/VALUE CODE - UUT 

OPERATIONAL/SPECIFICATION PARAMETER 
 [ILLEGIBLE] THROUGH PRICE 
 PRECIOUS METAL
INDICATOR CODE (PMIC) x 
 PREPARING ACTIVITY 
 PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE 
 PRIOR ITEM PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PRIOR ITEM PLISN) x 
 PRODUCTION LEAD TIME (PLT) x 
 PROGRAM PARTS SELECTION LIST (PPSL) 
 PRORATED EXHIBIT LINE ITEM NUMBER (PRORATED ELIN) 
 PRORATED ELIN QUANTITY 
 PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER (PCCN) x 
 PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE (PLCC) 
 PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN) x

 PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE x 
 PROVISIONING PRICE CODE 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 -
LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 7 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PROVISIONING REMARKS X (if required) 
 QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY (QPA) x 
 OPTION 1 x

 OPTION 2 
 OPTION 3 
 QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY/QUANTITY PER END
ITEM INDICATOR 
 QUANTITY PER END ITEM (QPEI) x 
 OPTION 1 x 
 OPTION 2 
 OPTION 3 
 QUANTITY PER FIGURE x 
 QUANTITY PER TEST 
 QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK

 QUANTITY PROCURED 
 ENTITY SHIPPED 
 RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK
LEVEL 
 RECURRING COST 
 REFERENCE DESIGNATION 
 OPTION 1 
 OPTION 2 
 OPTION 3 
 OPTION 4 
 OPTION 5 
 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE (RDC) 
 REFERENCE NUMBER x 
 REFERENCE NUMBER - AID 
 REFERENCE NUMBER - ARN ITEM x 
 REFERENCE NUMBER -
ARTICLES REQUIRING SUPPORT 
 REFERENCE NUMBER - AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 8 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 REFERENCE NUMBER - CATEGORY III SE 
 REFERENCE NUMBER - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 REFERENCE
NUMBER - TPS 
 REFERENCE NUMBER - UUT 
 REFERENCE NUMBER (ARN) - ADDITIONAL 
 REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE (RNCC) x 
 REFERENCE
NUMBER CATEGORY CODE - ARN 
 REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE (RNVC) x 
 REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE - ARN 
 REPAIR CYCLE TIME x 
 OPTION 1 x 
 OPTION 2 
 REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER 
 REPLACED OR
SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR (RS/IND) 
 REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION x

 REVISION 
 REVISION - SERD 
 REWORK REMOVAL RATE (RRR)

 ROTATABLE POOL FACTOR (RPF) 
 SAME AS PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (SAME AS PLISN) x 
 SCOPE 
 SCOPE - DDCC 
 SCOPE - IRCC 
 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY 
 SERIAL NUMBER
EFFECTIVITY - FROM 
 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY - TO 
 SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE (SER) 
 SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE - SE 
 SERVICE DESIGNATOR
CODE - USING 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 9 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 MIL-PRF-49506 
 APPENDIX B 
 SHELF LIFE (SL) X 
 SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE (SLAC) 
 SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 
 SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY (SMR) CODE x All Items recommend as spares will coded PA 
 SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE - SE 
 SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION
(SAIP) 
 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE (SMIC) 
 SPECIAL MARKING CODE 
 SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENT CODE (SMCC) 
 SPECIAL
PACKAGING INSTRUCTION NUMBER 
 SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION (SPI) NUMBER REVISION 
 SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA 
 [ILLEGIBLE] PORT EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS 
 SE
DIMENSIONS OPERATING 
 LENGTH 
 WIDTH 
 HEIGHT 
 SE DIMENSIONS SHIPPING 
 LENGTH 
 WIDTH 
 HEIGHT 
 SE DIMENSIONS STORAGE 
 LENGTH 
 WIDTH 
 HEIGHT 
 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION 
 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA [ILLEGIBLE] (SERD NUMBER) 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 10 

 

 
  
 W911QY-05-D-0004 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 MIL-PRF-49506 
 APPENDIX B 
 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA
REVISION/SUPERSEDURE REMARKS 
 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT WEIGHT 
 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT WEIGHT - OPERATING 
 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT WEIGHT - SHIPPING 
 SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT WEIGHT - STORAGE 
 TECHNICAL MANUAL CHANGE NUMBER (TM CHG) x If required 
 TECHNICAL MANUAL INDENTURE CODE (TM IND) x 
 TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER x 
 TEST ACCURACY RATIO
(TAR) 
 TEST ACCURACY RATIO - CATEGORY III SE 
 TEST ACCURACY RATIO - UUT PARAMETER 
 TOTAL ITEM CHANGES (TIC) 
 TOTAL QUANTITY
RECOMMENDED 
 TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE 
 [ILLEGIBLE] OF CHANGE CODE (TOCC) 
 TYPE OF PRICE
CODE 
 TYPE OF STORAGE CODE 
 UNIT CONTAINER CODE 
 UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL

 UNIT OF ISSUE (Ul) X 
 UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR (UI CONVERSION FACTOR) X 
 UNIT OF ISSUE/UNIT OF MEASURE CODE x 
 UNIT OF ISSUE/UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE (UI/UM PRICE) x

 UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) X 
 UNIT OF MEASURE - SE DIMENSIONS OPERATING 
 UNIT OF
MEASURE - SE WEIGHT OPERATING 
 UNIT OF MEASURE - SE DIMENSIONS STORAGE 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 11 

 

 
  
 MIL-PRF-49506 APPENDIX B 
 W911QY-05-D-0004 ATTACHMENT 4 
 UNIT OF MEASURE - SE WEIGHT STORAGE 
 UNIT OF MEASURE - SE DIMENSIONS SHIPPING 
 UNIT OF
MEASURE - SE WEIGHT SHIPPING 
 UNIT PACK CUBE 
 UNIT SIZE 
 UNIT SIZE - LENGTH 
 UNIT SIZE - WIDTH 
 UNIT SIZE - HEIGHT 
 UNIT SIZE - PACK LENGTH 
 UNIT SIZE - PACK WIDTH

 UNIT SIZE - PACK DEPTH 
 UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION 
 UNIT WEIGHT

 UNIT WEIGHT - PACK 
 USABLE ON CODE (UOC) x 
 USABLE ON CODE - DESIGN
CHANGE 
 USABLE ON CODE - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 
 WEAROUT LIFE 
 WORK UNIT CODE 
 WORK UNIT CODE - —ARTICLES
REQUIRING SUPPORT 
 WRAPPING MATERIAL 
 FIGURE 2 - WORKSHEET 2 - LMI DATA PRODUCTS 
 12 

 

 
  
 Authorized Stockage List /Described Load List (ASL/PLL) W911QY [ILLEGIBLE]-0004 
 Attachment 5

 ITEM DESCRIPTION NSN U/M VENDOR/MFR (CAGEC) PART NUMBER QTY per No. of CKs 
 Qty 1 Qty 2-6 Qty 7-15 
 1 Ballast, Fluorescent Lamp 6250-01-486-3452 EA Advance 
 Transformer/98775 RC-2SP40-TP 1 1 2 
 2 Caster, Swivel, with Brake, Single Oven Assembly
5340-01-486-2477 EA McMaster Carr/39428 060-3PJ-DW-WK 1 2 4 
 3 Caster, Swivel, with Brake, Refrigerator
5340-01-486-2455 EA Northland Corp./2B738 18202-001 1 2 4 
 4 Caster, Swivel, with Brake, Sink &
Storage Cab 5340-01-486-2469 EA McMaster Carr/39428 22785T68 1 2 4 
 5 Caster, Swivel, with Brake, Tray Pack
Heater 5340-01-486-2490 EA McMaster Carr/39428 9908T31 1 2 4 
 6 Caster, Swivel, with Brake, Mobile Warming
Cabinet 5340-01-486-1916 EA InterMetro Industries/40038 RPB5NB 1 2 4 
 7 Filter, Air 18 x 18 x 1
4130-01-486-3708 EA McMaster Carr/39428 2150K48 1 1 2 
 8 Gasket, Refrigerator Door 5330-01-486-1410 EA
Northland Corp./2B738 17963-000 1 1 2 
 9 Handle, Jack/Winch 5340-01-486-2219 EA AAR Cadillac/80298 50389-298 1
1 1 
 10 Hose, Supply, Potable Water, 25 ft. 4720-01-486-4309 EA McMaster Carr/39428 6226T11 1 1 1 

11 Hose, Supply, Potable Water, 50 ft. 4720-01-482-0367 EA McMaster Carr/39428 6626T12 1 1 1 
 12 Hose, External Drain 4720-01-486-4342 EA SFA-FMD/0U5N7 47011050-1 1 1 1 
 13 MBU Power Converter 7310-01-502-9455 EA Teleflex/3AD06 MS0160 1 1 2 
 14 Pin Assembly, Corner Jack/Screw Jack, w/lanyard 5315-01-486-2020 EA AAR Cadillac/80298 50389-299 1 2 4 
 15 Pin, Shear, Corner Jack 5306-01-486-1828 EA AAR Cadillac/30298 50389-341 1 1 2 
 16 Pin Assembly, Wing Jack w/lanyard 5315-01-486-2021 EA AAR Cadillac/80298 50389-343 1 2 4 
 17 Power Cord, Replacement 6150-01-486-4603 EA SFA-FMD/0U5N7 47013012 1 1 2 
 18 Pump, Potable Water 4320-01-486-3601 EA Shurflo/1QMS9 2088-594-154 1 1 1 
 19 Retainer, Light tube 6210-01-486-1458 EA SFA-FMD/0U5N7 47012311 1 2 3 
 20 Orange Safety Strap, Shelter Wing 5340-01-486-1936 EA AAR Cadillac/80298 50389-214 1 1 2 
 21 Soap Dispenser 4510-01-465-5541 EA McMaster Carr/39428 2773K1 1 1 2 
 22 Switch, Toggle, Main Control Panel, SPST 5930-01-486-4747 EA Tristate Electric/097M6 HBL11SP 1 1 2 
 23 Switch, Toggle, Main Control Panel, DPDT 5930-01-486-4714 EA Tristate Electric/097M6 HBL22SP 1 1 2 
 24 Thermometer 6685-01-486-4758 EA Northland Corp./2B738 17465-000 1 1 2 
 1 

 

 
  
 Authorized Stockage List/[ILLEGIBLE Load List (ASL/PLL) W911 [ILLEGIBLE]-0004 
 Attachment 5

 25 Tie-Down, Molded Rubber, 35 in 5340-01-492-4109 EA McMaster Carr/39428 3891T19 1 2 3 
 26 Tie-Down, Molded Rubber, 28 in 2030-01-168-9371 EA McMaster Carr/39428 3891T16 1 2 3 
 27 Film, clear polyester for refriqerator 9330-01-486-5500 EA McMaster Carr/39428 8689K31 1 2 3 
 28 Filter, clear, ceiling light 6210-01-486-2396 EA McMaster Carr/39428 1626K31 1 2 5 
 29 Filter, red, ceiling light 6210-01-486-2402 EA McMaster Carr/39428 1626K4RED 1 2 5 
 30 Plug, twist-loc, 15a, ceiling light 5935-01-486-4756 EA Tristate Electric/097M6 7594V 1 4 8 
 31 Cable, Shelter 4010-01-486-3503 EA AAR Cadillac/80298 50389-297 1 1 2 
 32 Winch Drum Assembly 3950-01-515-2999 EA AAR Cadillac/80298 50389201 1 1 2 
 2Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement

 Exhibit 10.1 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
AGREEMENT 
 OF 
 ENDEAVOR GATHERING LLC 
 (a Delaware limited liability company)

 Dated to be Effective 
 as of 10:00 a.m. Central Standard Time 
 on November 1, 2009 

 by and between 
 KINDER MORGAN ENDEAVOR LLC 
 and 
 GMX RESOURCES INC. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	ARTICLE I	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	1
			
	 1.1
	  	Specific Definitions	  	1
			
	 1.2
	  	Other Terms	  	16
			
	 1.3
	  	Construction	  	16
			
	ARTICLE II	  	 ORGANIZATION
	  	16
			
	 2.1
	  	Formation	  	16
			
	 2.2
	  	Name	  	16
			
	 2.3
	  	Principal Office in the United States; Other Offices	  	16
			
	 2.4
	  	Purpose	  	16
			
	 2.5
	  	Foreign Qualification	  	16
			
	 2.6
	  	Term	  	17
			
	 2.7
	  	Mergers and Exchanges	  	17
			
	 2.8
	  	Business Opportunities—No Implied Duty or Obligation	  	17
			
	 2.9
	  	Guaranty Agreements	  	17
			
	ARTICLE III	  	 MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS AND TRANSFERS
	  	18
			
	 3.1
	  	Members	  	18
			
	 3.2
	  	Number of Members	  	18
			
	 3.3
	  	Membership Interests	  	18
			
	 3.4
	  	Representations and Warranties	  	18
			
	 3.5
	  	Restrictions on the Transfer of a Membership Interest	  	19
			
	 3.6
	  	Permitted Transfers	  	20
			
	 3.7
	  	Documentation; Validity of Transfer	  	24
			
	 3.8
	  	Possible Additional Restrictions on Transfer	  	25
			
	 3.9
	  	Additional Members; Substituted Members	  	25
			
	 3.10
	  	Information	  	26
			
	 3.11
	  	Liability to Third Parties	  	27
			
	 3.12
	  	Resignation	  	27
			
	 3.13
	  	Fair Market Value	  	27
			
	ARTICLE IV	  	 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	28
			
	 4.1
	  	Initial Capital Contributions	  	28

  

 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 4.2
	  	Subsequent Contributions	  	28
			
	 4.3
	  	Failure to Contribute	  	29
			
	 4.4
	  	Return of Contributions	  	31
			
	ARTICLE V	  	 BOOK/TAX ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
	  	31
			
	 5.1
	  	General Application of Book Allocations	  	31
			
	 5.2
	  	General Book Allocations	  	31
			
	 5.3
	  	Special Allocations	  	33
			
	 5.4
	  	Transfer of Interest	  	34
			
	 5.5
	  	Tax Allocations	  	35
			
	 5.6
	  	Requirement of Distributions	  	36
			
	 5.7
	  	Distributions of Available Cash from Operations	  	36
			
	ARTICLE VI	  	 MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
	  	36
			
	 6.1
	  	Generally	  	36
			
	 6.2
	  	Board	  	37
			
	 6.3
	  	Powers of the Board	  	37
			
	 6.4
	  	Budgets	  	39
			
	 6.5
	  	Meetings of the Board	  	40
			
	 6.6
	  	Quorum and Voting	  	41
			
	 6.7
	  	Resignation; Removal and Vacancies	  	42
			
	 6.8
	  	Discharge of Duties; Reliance on Reports	  	42
			
	 6.9
	  	Officers	  	42
			
	 6.10
	  	Term of Officers	  	43
			
	 6.11
	  	Approved Contracts; Affiliate Contracts	  	44
			
	 6.12
	  	Insurance	  	44
			
	 6.13
	  	Compensation and Reimbursement	  	44
			
	ARTICLE VII	  	 INDEMNIFICATION
	  	45
			
	 7.1
	  	Right to Indemnification	  	45
			
	 7.2
	  	Indemnification of Officers, Employees (if any) and Agents	  	45
			
	 7.3
	  	Advance Payment	  	46
			
	 7.4
	  	Appearance as a Witness	  	46

  

 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 7.5
	  	Nonexclusivity of Rights	  	46
			
	 7.6
	  	Insurance	  	46
			
	 7.7
	  	Board Notification	  	46
			
	 7.8
	  	Savings Clause	  	46
			
	 7.9
	  	Scope of Indemnity	  	46
			
	ARTICLE VIII	  	 TAXES
	  	47
			
	 8.1
	  	Tax Returns	  	47
			
	 8.2
	  	Tax Elections	  	47
			
	 8.3
	  	Tax Matters Member	  	47
			
	ARTICLE IX	  	 ACCOUNTING, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
	  	48
			
	 9.1
	  	Method of Accounting	  	48
			
	 9.2
	  	Books and Records	  	48
			
	 9.3
	  	Financial Statements and Reports	  	48
			
	 9.4
	  	Tax Statements	  	49
			
	ARTICLE X	  	 DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION
	  	50
			
	 10.1
	  	Dissolution	  	50
			
	 10.2
	  	Liquidation and Termination	  	50
			
	 10.3
	  	Provision for Contingent Claims	  	52
			
	 10.4
	  	Deemed Contribution and Distribution	  	52
			
	ARTICLE XI	  	 AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT
	  	52
			
	 11.1
	  	Amendments to be Adopted by the Company	  	52
			
	 11.2
	  	Amendment Procedures	  	53
			
	ARTICLE XII	  	 MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
	  	53
			
	 12.1
	  	Certificates	  	53
			
	 12.2
	  	Registered Holders	  	53
			
	 12.3
	  	Security	  	53
			
	ARTICLE XIII	  	 GENERAL PROVISIONS
	  	53
			
	 13.1
	  	Entire Agreement; Supersedure	  	53
			
	 13.2
	  	Waivers	  	53

  

 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 13.3
	  	Binding Effect	  	54
			
	 13.4
	  	Member Deadlocks; Negotiations	  	54
			
	 13.5
	  	Governing Law; Severability	  	55
			
	 13.6
	  	Further Assurances	  	56
			
	 13.7
	  	Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement	  	56
			
	 13.8
	  	Counterparts	  	56
			
	 13.9
	  	Attendance via Communications Equipment	  	56
			
	 13.10
	  	Books and Records	  	56
			
	 13.11
	  	Audit Rights of Members	  	56
			
	 13.12
	  	No Third Party Beneficiaries	  	57
			
	 13.13
	  	Notices	  	57
			
	 13.14
	  	Remedies	  	58
			
	 13.15
	  	Disputes	  	59
			
	 13.16
	  	Member Trademarks	  	62
			
	 13.17
	  	Integrated Transaction	  	62
			
	 13.18
	  	Bankruptcy Stay Waiver	  	62

  

			
	Exhibit A:	  	Ownership Information
	Schedule 1:	  	Approved Contracts
	Schedule 2:	  	Approved Affiliate Contracts
	Schedule 6.2	  	List of Initial Board Members and Initial Alternate Board Members
	Schedule 6.9	  	List of Initial Officer Appointees
	Schedule 9.3(a)	  	Form of Monthly Financial Information

  

 -iv- 

 AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT 
 OF 
 ENDEAVOR GATHERING LLC 
 (a Delaware limited liability company) 
 This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Endeavor Gathering LLC, dated to be effective as of 10:00 a.m. Central
Standard Time on November 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), is (a) adopted by the Members (as defined below) and (b) executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by the Members. 
 WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Act (as defined below) by filing a Certificate of Formation
with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 4, 2009 (the “Formation Date”). 
 WHEREAS,
the initial member of the Company adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement for the Company as of September 4, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”). 
 WHEREAS, the Members wish to enter into this Agreement (as defined below) to, among other things, (a) amend and restate the Original
Agreement in its entirety, (b) provide for the management of the Company and (c) set forth their respective rights and obligations. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
confirmed and acknowledged), the Members stipulate and agree, as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 1.1 Specific Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings: 
 “Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and any successor statute, as amended from time to time. 
 “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, a deficit balance in such
Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments: 
 (a) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences
of Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and 

 (b) Debit from such Capital Account the items described in Sections
1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations. 
 The
foregoing definition of “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. 
 “Affiliate” means, when used with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or
indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person in question. 
 “Affiliate Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11. 
 “Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (including any schedules, exhibits or attachments hereto), as amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Alternate Board Member” has the meaning set
forth in Section 6.2(a). 
 “Approved Affiliate Contract” means each of the
agreements set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto. 
 “Approved
Contract” means each of the agreements set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto. 
 “Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15(c). 
 “Arbitration Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15(b)(iv). 
 “Assignment of Contract Rights” means that certain Assignment of Contract Rights dated as of the Effective Date by and among the Company, GMX and Endeavor Pipeline Inc. 
 “Available Cash from Operations” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company, an amount equal to: 
 (a) the sum of all cash and cash equivalents of the Company
on hand at the end of such Quarter, less 
 (b) the amount of any Reserve. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash from Operations” with respect to the Quarter in which a liquidation
or dissolution of the Company occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall be deemed to equal zero. 
  

 -2- 

 “Bankrupt Member” means any Member: 
 (a) that (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition;
(iii) becomes the subject of an order for relief or is declared insolvent in any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding; (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for such Member a reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any law; (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against such Member in a proceeding of the type
described in subclauses (i) through (iv) of this clause (a); or (vi) seeks, consents, or acquiesces to the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Member or of all or any substantial part of such Member’s
properties; 
 (b) against which a proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any law has been commenced and 90 days have expired without dismissal thereof or with respect to which, without such Member’s consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such
Member or of all or any substantial part of such Member’s properties has been appointed and 60 days have expired without such appointments having been vacated or stayed, or 60 days have expired after the date of expiration of a stay, if the
appointment has not previously been vacated; 
 (c) that otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however
evidenced); or 
 (d) that is unable to pay its debts as and when they become due. 
 “Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1. 
 “Board Member” means the natural person appointed to the Board pursuant to Section 6.2(a).

 “Book Item” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) hereof. 
 “Budget” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a). 
 “Business” means the ownership and operation of the Gatherer’s System and all of the business
related thereto, including the development, design, procurement, land acquisition, construction, financing, disposal of, maintenance of, the marketing of capacity on, and the transacting of business involving, the Gatherer’s System, and any
other activities related or incidental thereto or in anticipation thereof. 
 “Business
Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas are required or authorized to be closed. 
  

 -3- 

 “Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member,
the Capital Account maintained for such Member in accordance with the following provisions: 
 (a) To each
Member’s Capital Account, there shall be credited such Member’s Capital Contributions, such Member’s distributive share of Net Income (or items of income or gain) allocated pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof or any item in the nature
of income or gain which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof and the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member; 
 (b) From each Member’s Capital Account, there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any
property distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Net Loss (or items of expense or loss) allocated pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof or any item in the nature of expense or
loss which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof and the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company; 
 (c) If all or a portion of a Membership Interest is Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
Transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the Transferor to the extent that it relates to the Transferred Membership Interest; and 
 (d) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subparagraphs (a) and (b), there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code
and the Regulations. 
 The foregoing provision and other provisions of this Agreement relating to the
maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. 
 “Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross
Asset Value of any property contributed to the Company by such Member at such time with respect to the Membership Interests held by such Member; “Capital Contributions” means, with respect to any Member, the aggregate amount
of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property contributed to the Company by such Member (or its predecessors in interest) with respect to the Membership Interests held by such Member. 
 “Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 
 “Company” means Endeavor Gathering LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 
 “Company Minimum Gain” has the same meaning as the term “partnership minimum gain” as set
forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d). 
  

 -4- 

 “Consent” means the written affirmative consent of
the indicated party (including the Board or any committee thereof) to the action requested. 
 “Contract Contribution Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c). 
 “Contractual Obligations” means any and all liabilities or obligations of the Company under any Approved Contract, Approved Affiliate Contract or any agreement entered into by the Company after the Effective Date in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that with respect to all such contracts, the “Contractual Obligations” shall exclude (a) liabilities or obligations for damages arising as a result of a default or
breach of such agreement by the Company and (b) liabilities or obligations for indemnification by the Company, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b), such liabilities or obligations are owed to an Affiliate of a Member pursuant
to one of the Affiliate Contracts. 
 “Control” (including its derivatives and similar
terms) means possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any such relevant Person by ownership of voting interest, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a)(iii). 
 “CPI-U” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(c). 
 “CPR Institute” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15(b)(v). 
 “Credit Standards” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) such Person’s long-term
unsecured debt securities are (i) rated at least BBB- by Standard and Poor’s Rating Group (or, if such entity changes its rating system, the comparable rating under such changed system) or at least Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Services,
Inc. (or, if such entity changes its rating system, the comparable rating under such changed system), in each case with stable outlook or, in the case of a potential Transferee under Section 3.6, if either of such rating agencies is no longer
in business or no longer is rating such indebtedness of such Person or its guarantor, a comparable rating of another internationally recognized rating agency selected by the Non-Transferring Member(s) and (ii) not rated below either BBB- by
Standard and Poor’s Rating Group (or, if such entity changes its rating system, the comparable rating under such changed system) or below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (or, if such entity changes its rating system, the
comparable rating under such changed system); and (b) the sum of such Person’s financial commitments with respect to the Company is less than 15% of such Person’s tangible net worth. For this purpose, the term “tangible net
worth” shall mean a Person’s net equity less goodwill, patents, unamortized loan costs or restructuring costs and other intangible assets, all determined in accordance with GAAP as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for such
Person. 
 “Creditworthy Affiliate” means a Member’s Affiliate that meets the Credit
Standards or that is determined by Unanimous Consent to be sufficiently creditworthy to provide the guaranties in accordance with Section 3.9(b). 
  

 -5- 

 “Default” means, in respect of any Member, the
occurrence and continuation of any of the following events, but only for so long as any such event continues and is not cured: (a) the failure to remedy, within five (5) Business Days of such Member’s receipt of written notice thereof
from the Company or any other Member, such Member’s delinquency in making any Capital Contribution to the Company as required pursuant to Section 4.2; (b) the occurrence of any event that causes such Member to become a Bankrupt
Member; or (c) the failure to remedy, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of written notice thereof from the Company or any other Member, the non-performance of or non-compliance with any other material agreements, obligations or
undertakings of such Member contained in this Agreement. 
 “Default Interest Rate” means
the lesser of (a) 17.5% or (b) the maximum rate permitted by Law. 
 “Delinquent
Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a). 
 “Depreciation”
means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for Federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year, except that (a) with respect to any asset
the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for Federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” as defined by
Section 1.704-3(d) of the Regulations, Depreciation for such Fiscal Year shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Fiscal Year under the rules prescribed by Section 1.704-3(d)(2) of the Regulations, and (b) with respect to
any other asset the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for Federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value
as the Federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that in the case of clause (b) above, if the adjusted tax basis
for Federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Fiscal Year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Board. 
 “Depreciation Recapture” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a)(ii)(B). 

“Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e). 
 “Disposition” means a sale, assignment or conveyance by a Member of all, and not less than all, of
its Membership Interest. 
 “Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15(a).

 “Disputing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15(a). 
 “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble. 
  

 -6- 

 “Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.6(j)(i). 
 “Encumbering Member” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.6(c). 
 “Encumbrance” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(c).

 “Executive Officer” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(c). 
 “Expansion Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(d). 
 “Expansion Project” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Gathering Agreement. 
 “Expansion Project Term Sheet” means a term sheet approved by the Board that sets forth the terms of
each Expansion Project, including, with respect to any such Expansion Project, the percentage participation, required capital contributions and rights to distributions of each Member, if any. 
 “Fair Market Value” means the value of any specified interest or property, which shall not in any
event be less than zero, that would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction for cash between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to purchase or sell, respectively, and
without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller. 
 “Final Impasse”
has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(c). 
 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year
of the Company, and its taxable year for Federal income tax purposes, each of which shall be the calendar year unless otherwise established by the Board. 
 “Formation Date” has the meaning set forth in the recitals. 
 “GAAP” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States as commonly applied by intrastate natural gas pipeline companies, consistently applied. 
 “Gatherer’s Systems” has the meaning given such term in the Gathering Agreement. 
 “Gathering Agreement” means that certain Gas Gathering Agreement dated as of the Effective Date among
the Company, GMX, and Endeavor Pipeline, Inc., as same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “GMX” means GMX Resources Inc., an Oklahoma corporation. 
 “GMX Competitor” means a Person whose primary business is the production of oil and natural gas and
who is engaged in such business in Harrison or Panola Counties, Texas, or Caddo, Desoto, Red River, or Bossier Parishes, Louisiana. With respect to any Person Controlled by another Person, such Person shall be deemed to be a GMX Competitor if the
Person Controlling such Person is a GMX Competitor. 
  

 -7- 

 “GMX Cumulative Return” means an amount equal to
15.0% per annum on the varying balance of the Unrecovered GMX Investment during the period to which the GMX Cumulative Return relates. The calculation of the GMX Cumulative Return commences on the Effective Date, with respect to GMX’s
Initial Capital Contribution, and on the date of contribution, with respect to any other Capital Contributions made by GMX pursuant to this Agreement. The calculation of the GMX Cumulative Return ends on the date distributions, if any, are made
pursuant to Section 10.2(e)(iii) hereof. The GMX Cumulative Return shall be determined on the basis of a computation year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which the GMX Cumulative
Return is being determined. The GMX Cumulative Return is cumulative and shall be compounded quarterly on the first day of each Quarter. 
 “GMX Investment” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Gross Asset Value of the Initial Capital Contribution made by GMX as described on Exhibit A and (b) any
additional Capital Contributions made by GMX pursuant to this Agreement. 
 “GMX Pre-Payout
Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, an amount equal to (a) 100% less the KM Distribution Percentage for such Quarter, multiplied by (b) the
Available Cash from Operations for such Quarter. 
 “Governmental Entity” means any
legislature, court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, commission, division, board, bureau, branch, official or other instrumentality of the U.S., or any domestic state, county, city, tribal or other political subdivision, governmental
department or similar governing entity, and including any governmental, quasi-governmental or non-governmental body exercising similar powers of authority. 
 “Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for Federal income tax purposes, except as follows: 
 (a) The Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company is the gross fair market value of such asset as
determined by the Board; 
 (b) The Gross Asset Value of all Company assets may be adjusted to equal their
respective gross fair market values, as determined by the Board, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of any additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution;
(ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Company; (iii) the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as
consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in a Member capacity, or by a new Member acting in a Member capacity or in anticipation of becoming a Member; and (iv) the liquidation
of the Company within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided, however, that the adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be made unless the Board reasonably determines that such
adjustments are not necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company; and 
  

 -8- 

 (c) The Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member
shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Board. 
 If the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by Depreciation taken into
account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss. 
 “Guaranty
Agreement” means a guaranty agreement, the form of which shall be approved by the Board, to be executed and delivered by the Parent of a Member to the other Member or the Company, as the case may be, on the Effective Date, or such other
applicable date, guarantying the obligations of (a) such Member arising under this Agreement (unless the Parent and the Member are one and the same entity) and (b) any such Member’s Affiliates arising under any Affiliate Contract.

 “Impasse” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(c). 
 “Impasse Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(c). 
 “Initial Capital Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1. 
 “Kinder Morgan” means Kinder Morgan Endeavor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

“KM Cumulative Return” means an amount equal to 17.5% per annum on the varying balance of the
Unrecovered KM Investment during the period to which the KM Cumulative Return relates. The calculation of the KM Cumulative Return commences on the Effective Date, with respect to Kinder Morgan’s Initial Capital Contribution, and on the date of
contribution, with respect to any other Capital Contributions made by Kinder Morgan pursuant to this Agreement. The calculation of the KM Cumulative Return ends on the date distributions, if any, are made pursuant to Section 10.2(e)(ii) hereof.
The KM Cumulative Return shall be determined on the basis of a computation year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which the KM Cumulative Return is being determined. The KM Cumulative
Return is cumulative and shall be compounded quarterly on the first day of each Quarter. 
 “KM
Distribution Percentage” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, a percentage equal to the lesser of (a) twice the Membership Interest of Kinder Morgan as of the end of such
Quarter, and (b) 100%. 
 “KM Investment” means an amount equal to the sum of
(a) the Gross Asset Value of the Initial Capital Contribution made by Kinder Morgan as described on Exhibit A, and (b) any additional Capital Contributions made by Kinder Morgan pursuant to this Agreement. 
  

 -9- 

 “KM Pre-Payout Distribution Amount” means, with
respect to any Quarter ending prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, an amount equal to the KM Distribution Percentage for such Quarter multiplied by the Available Cash from Operations for such Quarter. 
 “KMP” means Kinder Morgan Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. 
 “Laws” means any applicable statute, law (including common law), rule, ordinance, regulation, ruling,
requirement, writ, injunction, decree, order or other official act of or by any Governmental Entity or any arbitral tribunal, whether such Laws now exist or hereafter come into effect. 
 “Lending Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a). 
 “Liquidation Date” means the date on which an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Company
occurs. 
 “Liquidating Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 “Liquidator” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2. 
 “Member” means any Person executing this Agreement as of even date herewith as a Member or any Person
hereafter admitted to the Company as an additional Member or Substituted Member as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member in the Company. 
 “Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the same meaning as the term “partner nonrecourse debt” as
set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4). 
 “Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum
Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if the Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations
Section 1.704-2(i)(3). 
 “Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the same meaning as
the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” as set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2). 
 “Membership Interest” means the ownership interest expressed on a percentage basis on Exhibit A of a Member in the Company, including any and all benefits to
which such Member is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Member to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Exhibit A shall be amended by the Board as necessary to reflect
changes and adjustments resulting from the admission or resignation of any Member or any Transfer or adjustment in Membership Interests made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (provided that a failure to reflect any such change or
adjustment on Exhibit A shall not prevent any such change or adjustment from being effective). 
  

 -10- 

 “Net Income” and “Net Loss”
means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or
deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss) with the following adjustments: 
 (a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from Federal income tax, to the extent not otherwise taken into account in
computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this paragraph, shall be added to such taxable income or loss; 
 (b) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), to the extent not otherwise taken into
account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this subdivision, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss; 
 (c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subdivisions (b) or (c) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” herein, the amount of such
adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; 
 (d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for Federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value
of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value; 
 (e) In lieu of depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal
Year, computed in accordance with the definition of “Depreciation”; and 
 (f) Any items which are
specially allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. 
 “Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c). 
 “Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

 “Non-Transferring Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(ii).

 “Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a)(ii). 
  

 -11- 

 “Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.6(b)(ii). 
 “Officers” mean the persons appointed as officers of the
Company as provided under Section 6.9. 
 “Operator” means Endeavor Pipeline Inc.,
or any successor thereto that the Company has engaged to operate and maintain the Gatherer’s System. 
 “Option Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(ii). 
 “Original Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals. 
 “Other Transaction Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.17. 
 “Parent” means (a) in the case of Kinder Morgan or any of its Affiliates hereafter admitted as a Substituted Member, KMP, (b) in the case of GMX or any of its Affiliates hereafter admitted as a Substituted
Member, GMX, and (c) in the case of any other Member, the Person that is designated by the Board as the Parent of such Member in connection with its admission to the Company, or if no such designation is made, the Person that at the time of
such admission Controls such Member and that has no other Person that Controls it. 
 “Parties” mean the Members. 
 “Person” means any
individual or entity, including any corporation, limited liability company, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government (including any board, agency, political
subdivision or other body thereof). 
 “Pipeline Operating Agreement” means the Pipeline
Operating Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between the Company and the Operator, as same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof. 
 “Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between
Kinder Morgan, as buyer, and GMX, as seller. 
 “Qualifying Offer” means an offer to
purchase a Membership Interest if it meets all of the following criteria: 
 (a) the offer is a written offer, in
good faith and at arm’s-length, from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Transferring Member to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Transferring Member’s Membership Interest; 
 (b) the offer is for a price payable solely in cash; 
  

 -12- 

 (c) the offer is not subject to any material conditions such as financing or
due diligence; 
 (d) the offer does not include consideration unrelated to the sale of the Subject Interest;

 (e) the offer is subject in all respects to the right of the other Members to first purchase the Subject
Interest pursuant to Section 3.6(b) and, if applicable, the “tag along” right of Kinder Morgan pursuant to Section 3.6(j); 
 (f) the proposed transferee is a principal, identified in the offer, and not an agent acting on behalf of an undisclosed principal; and 
 (g) the offer contains all material terms and conditions of a written contract of purchase and sale of the Membership
Interest, provides for a closing not earlier than the term specified in Section 3.6(b)(ii) and is not assignable. 
 “Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter after the Effective Date, the portion of such quarter after the Effective Date, of the Company.

 “Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as amended.

 “Required Consent” means the Consent of the Board Member appointed by Kinder Morgan
(or any Substituted Member thereof) and the Board Member appointed by GMX (or any Substituted Member thereof); provided, however, that (a) if a Member is in Default, “Required Consent” means the Consent of the Board Member
appointed by the Member not in Default at the time such action is being taken; (b) with respect to any action related to an Affiliate Contract, “Required Consent” means the Consent of the Board Member appointed by the Member which is
not, nor are its Affiliates, a party to such Affiliate Contract at the time such action is being taken; (c) with respect to any action related to litigation, arbitration or similar proceedings (including any proposed or threatened litigation,
arbitration or similar proceeding) involving the Company as a party (or the equivalent) to which a Member or an Affiliate thereof is a party adverse to the Company (other than as a co-defendant or the equivalent), “Required Consent” means
the Consent of the Board Members excluding the Board Member appointed by each such adverse Member (and each such Member with an adverse Affiliate); and (d) with respect to any determination of a Member’s, its Affiliate’s or its
proposed transferee’s satisfaction of the Credit Standards, “Required Consent” means the Consent of the Board Members, excluding the Board Member appointed by the Member of which such determination is being made. 
 “Required Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

 “Reserve” means the cash reserves determined by the Board to be necessary or
appropriate to provide for the payment of current, prospective or contingent obligations, including working capital, of the Company for the subsequent Quarter; provided that such reserve shall not include amounts for any Sustaining Project
Expenditures or any Well Connect Expenditures; and provided, further, that the Reserve to be established for the first Quarter of 2010 shall be a minimum of $200,000. 
  

 -13- 

 “Security Interest” means any security interest,
lien, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, or other obligation, whether created by operation of law or otherwise, created by any Person in any of its property or rights. 
 “Service” means the Internal Revenue Service. 
 “Services Agreement” means that certain Management Services Agreement dated as of the Effective Date
between the Company and GMX, as same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Subject Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b). 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any relevant Person, any other Person that is Controlled (directly or indirectly) and more than 50%-owned (directly or indirectly) by the
relevant Person. 
 “Substituted Member” means a Person who is admitted as a Member of
the Company, at such time as such Person has complied with the requirements of Section 3.9, in place of and with all the rights of a Transferring Member with respect to the Membership Interest transferred and who is shown as a Member on the
books and records of the Company. 
 “Sustaining Project” has the meaning given to such
term in the Gathering Agreement. 
 “Sustaining Project Expenditure” means any costs or
expenditures incurred by the Company in connection with any Sustaining Project (as such term is defined in the Gathering Agreement). 
 “Tag-Along Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(j)(i). 
 “Tag Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(j). 
 “Tag Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(j). 
 “Tag Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(j). 
 “Tax Matters Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3. 
 “Third Party” means any Person other than a Member, its Affiliates, and the Company. 
  

 -14- 

 “Transfer” or “Transferred”
means, with respect to a Membership Interest, (a) a voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange, bequest, devise, gift or any other alienation (in each case, with or without consideration) of any rights, interests
or obligations with respect to all or any portion of such Membership Interest or (b) a grant or sufferance of a Security Interest on all or any portion of such Membership Interest. 
 “Transferee” means a Person who receives all or part of a Member’s Membership Interest through a
Transfer. 
 “Transferring Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(ii).

 “Unanimous Consent” means the unanimous affirmative vote of Board Members at the time
such action is being taken provided, however, that (a) if a Member is in Default, “Unanimous Consent” means the Consent of the Board Member appointed by the Member not in Default at the time such action is being taken;
(b) with respect to any action related to an Affiliate Contract, “Unanimous Consent” means the Consent of the Board Member appointed by the Member which is not, nor are its Affiliates, a party to such Affiliate Contract at the time
such action is being taken; (c) with respect to any action related to litigation, arbitration or similar proceedings (including any proposed or threatened litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding) involving the Company as a party (or the
equivalent) to which a Member or an Affiliate thereof is a party adverse to the Company (other than as a co-defendant or the equivalent), “Unanimous Consent” means the Consent of the Board Members excluding the Board Member appointed by
each such adverse Member (and each such Member with an adverse Affiliate); and (d) with respect to any determination of a Member’s, its Affiliate’s or its proposed transferee’s satisfaction of the Credit Standards,
“Unanimous Consent” means the Consent of the Board Members, excluding the Board Member appointed by Member of which such determination is being made. 
 “Unrecovered GMX Investment” means, on any date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
(a) the GMX Investment as of such date, plus (b) the GMX Cumulative Return that has accumulated as of such date, over (c) the aggregate distributions made to GMX pursuant to Section 5.7 hereof as of such date. 
 “Unrecovered KM Investment” means, on any date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
(a) the KM Investment as of such date, plus (b) the KM Cumulative Return that has accumulated as of such date, over (c) the aggregate distributions made to Kinder Morgan pursuant to Section 5.7 hereof as of such date. 

“Well Connect Expenditures” means any costs or expenditures incurred by the Company in connection
with any Well Connect (as such term is defined in the Gathering Agreement). 
 “Wholly-Owned
Affiliate” means, when used with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, where
“control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, through ownership of 100% of the equity securities of the controlled Person.

  

 -15- 

 1.2 Other Terms. Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this
Agreement and shall have the meaning so given. 
 1.3 Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires, the
gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this
Agreement, and all references to Exhibits are to exhibits attached hereto, each of which is incorporated herein for all purposes. Article and section titles or headings are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the
Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subdivisions thereof shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subdivision thereof of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such articles, sections or
subdivisions of another document or instrument. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without
limitation,” and the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular section or Article in which such words appear.

 ARTICLE II 
 ORGANIZATION 
 2.1 Formation. The Company was
organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware pursuant to the Act on the Formation Date. 
 2.2 Name. The name of the Company is “Endeavor
Gathering LLC” and all Company business must be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with Law as the Board may select from time to time. 
 2.3 Principal Office in the United States; Other Offices. The principal office of the Company in the United States shall be at 9400 North Broadway, Suite 600, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73114
or at such other place as the Board may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of Delaware. The Company may have such other offices as the Board may designate from time to time. 
 2.4 Purpose. The sole purpose of the Company is to engage in the Business. Except for activities related to such purpose,
there are no other authorized business purposes of the Company. The Company shall not engage in any activity or conduct inconsistent with the Business. 
 2.5 Foreign Qualification. Prior to the Company’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware, the Company shall comply, to the extent procedures are available and those
matters are reasonably within the control of the Company, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company, and, if necessary, keep the Company in good standing, in that jurisdiction. 
  

 -16- 

 2.6 Term. Subject to earlier termination pursuant to other provisions of this
Agreement (including those contained in Article X), the term of the Company shall be perpetual. 
 2.7 Mergers
and Exchanges. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or required by Laws, the Company may be a party to any merger, share exchange, consolidation, exchange or acquisition or any other type of reorganization. 
 2.8 Business Opportunities—No Implied Duty or Obligation. Each Member and its Affiliates may engage, directly or
indirectly, without the consent or approval of the other Members or the Company, in the businesses conducted by such Member and its Affiliates as of the Effective Date and in any other business opportunities, transactions, ventures or other
arrangements of any nature or description, independently or with others, including business of a nature which may be competitive with or the same as or similar to the Business, regardless of the geographic location of such business, and without any
duty or obligation to account to the other Members or the Company in connection therewith. Nothing herein is intended to create a partnership, joint venture, agency or other relationship creating fiduciary or quasi-fiduciary duties or similar duties
and obligations or subject the Members to joint and several or vicarious liability or to impose any duty, obligation or liability that would arise therefrom with respect to any or all of the Members. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Member
has any fiduciary duty to the Company or any other Member pursuant to this Agreement, such duty is hereby eliminated to the maximum extent permitted pursuant to Section 18-1101(c) of the Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to a Member, and each Member (and its designated Board Member) shall be permitted to vote its Membership Interest in its own self-interest. No Member who
(directly or through an Affiliate) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Company shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Company or any
other Member, and such Member shall not be liable to the Company, to any Member or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Member pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself or its Affiliate
directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Company. By way of example and not in limitation of the foregoing, any natural gas gathering project may be separately pursued by one or more
of the Members or their respective Affiliates. Neither the Company nor any other Member shall have any right, by virtue of this Agreement, to share or participate in such other businesses, investments or activities of a Member or to the income or
proceeds derived therefrom. 
 2.9 Guaranty Agreements. Each Member shall cause a Guaranty Agreement from its
Parent or other Creditworthy Affiliate to be executed and delivered to the other Members on or before the Effective Date. 
  

 -17- 

 ARTICLE III 
 MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS AND TRANSFERS 
 3.1
Members. The Members of the Company are Kinder Morgan and GMX. Additional Members may be admitted to the Company either as additional Members or Substituted Members as provided in this Agreement. 
 3.2 Number of Members. The number of Members of the Company shall never be fewer than one. 
 3.3 Membership Interests. The Members agree that each Member’s Membership Interest shall be that which is set forth in
Exhibit A, which exhibit shall be amended by the Board as required to reflect changes and adjustments made from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 3.4 Representations and Warranties. 
 (a) Each Member hereby represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that (a) it is duly formed, validly
existing and (if applicable) in good standing under the Laws of the state of its formation, and if required by Laws is duly qualified to do business and (if applicable) is in good standing in the jurisdiction of its principal place of business (if
not formed therein); (b) it has full corporate, limited liability company, partnership, trust, or other applicable power and authority to execute and agree to this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and all necessary actions by
the board of directors, shareholders, managers, members, partners, trustees, beneficiaries, or other Persons necessary for the due authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by that Member have been duly taken; (c) it
has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement is enforceable against such Member in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency and other Laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and general
principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding in a court of law or equity); (d) its authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not conflict with any material obligation under any other material agreement
or arrangement to which that Member is a party or by which it is bound; and (e) it (i) has been furnished with such information about the Company and the Membership Interest as that Member has requested, (ii) has made its own
independent inquiry and investigation into, and based thereon has formed an independent judgment concerning, the Company and that Member’s Membership Interest therein, (iii) has adequate means of providing for its current needs and
possible individual contingencies and is able to bear the economic risks of this investment and has a sufficient net worth to sustain a loss of its entire investment in the Company in the event such loss should occur, (iv) has such knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company, (v) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of “accredited investor” under
Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (vi) understands and agrees that its Membership Interest shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
and pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and other applicable securities Laws. Upon the

  

 -18- 

 
occurrence and during the continuation of any event or condition which would cause a Member to be in breach of a representation or warranty contained in clause (e) of this
Section 3.4(a), the breaching Person shall be treated as a Transferee who has not become a Substituted Member in accordance with the terms of Section 3.9. 
 (b) GMX hereby represents and warrants to the other Members that the Company was duly and validly formed as a Delaware
limited liability company on the Formation Date, and from such date until the Effective Date the Company has not (i) entered into any agreements, contracts or other commitments other than the Approved Contracts, a correct and complete copy of
each of which has been provided to each other Member, or (ii) incurred any liabilities or obligations other than those arising under such Approved Contracts. 
 3.5 Restrictions on the Transfer of a Membership Interest. A Member may Transfer all, and not less than all, of its Membership Interest only in accordance with Laws and the provisions of
this Agreement, including the following provisions of this Section 3.5. Any purported Transfer in breach of the terms of this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and the Company shall not recognize any such prohibited Transfer.

 (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Member may effect a Transfer that is not a
Disposition, unless such action is approved by the Board. 
 (b) A Membership Interest shall not be Transferred
except pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other applicable securities Laws. 
 (c) Except for Transferees with respect to Transfers made in accordance with Sections 3.6(a) and 3.6(b), to the extent provided in Section 3.9(a), or as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by
Laws, (i) no Transferee shall have the right to become a Substituted Member and (ii) unless and until a Transferee is admitted as a Substituted Member, (A) such Transferee shall have no right to exercise any of the powers, rights and
privileges of a Member hereunder other than to receive its share of allocations and distributions pursuant to this Agreement and (B) the Member who has Transferred all or any part of its Membership Interest to such Transferee shall cease to be
a Member with respect to such Membership Interest so Transferred upon Transfer of such Membership Interest and thereafter shall have no further powers, rights and privileges as a Member hereunder with respect to such Membership Interest (to the
extent so Transferred), but shall, unless otherwise relieved of such obligations by the Company, remain liable for all obligations and duties as a Member with respect to such Membership Interest; provided, however, that if the
Transferee reconveys such Membership Interest to the Transferring Member within ten days after the Transferring Member becomes aware that the Transferee will not become a Substituted Member, the Transferring Member shall once again be entitled to
all of the powers, rights and privileges of a Member hereunder. 
  

 -19- 

 (d) The Company may, in its reasonable discretion, charge a Member a
reasonable fee to cover administrative expenses necessary to effect a Transfer with respect to any or all of such Member’s Membership Interest. 
 (e) In the absence of the substitution (as provided herein) of a Transferee for a Transferring Member, any payment by the Company to the Transferring Member shall acquit the Company and the Members of all
liability to any other Persons who may be interested in such payment by reason of a Transfer by such Member. 
 (f) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, no Transfer may be made which, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, would cause a material breach, event of default, default or acceleration of payments or which would
require the Company to make any mandatory repurchase offer, mandatory repurchase, mandatory redemption or mandatory prepayment, under any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries is a party.

 (g) Neither the Company nor any Member shall be bound or otherwise affected by any Transfer of any Membership
Interest of which such Person has not received notice pursuant to Section 3.7. 
 (h) Except as specifically
provided under Section 3.6(c) or 3.6(d), a Member in Default shall not Transfer, and shall not permit a Transfer of, its Membership Interest. 
 (i) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, Kinder Morgan shall not Transfer its Membership Interest to a GMX Competitor without the prior Consent of GMX, which consent may be withheld
at GMX’s sole discretion. 
 3.6 Permitted Transfers. 
 (a) Transfers to Affiliates. Any Member may Transfer all, and not less than all, of its Membership Interest to a
Wholly-Owned Affiliate of its Parent so long as such Transfer otherwise complies with the terms of this Agreement; provided that, the Guaranty Agreement, executed and delivered by such Parent pursuant to Section 2.9 remains in full force
and effect subsequent to such Transfer. 
 (b) Right of First Refusal. 
 (i) Subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 3.6(b) and the other restrictions and limitations
contained herein, including Section 3.6(j), a Member may Transfer all, and not less than all, of its Membership Interest to another Person that is not a Wholly-Owned Affiliate. 
 (ii) Except with respect to Transfers according to the terms of Section 3.6(a), any Member who receives, and desires to
accept, a Qualifying Offer for the Transfer (or whose Affiliate receives, and desires to accept, a Qualifying Offer for the Transfer) of all, and not less than all, of its Membership Interest (such Member and any other Member deemed to have made a
Transfer under Sections 3.6(c) or 3.6(d), each a “Transferring Member”) to a ready, willing and able Transferee

  

 -20- 

 
shall first offer to transfer such Membership Interest (the “Subject Interest”) to the other Member(s) (the “Non-Transferring Members”) as a group.
Such offer shall be made by an irrevocable written offer (the “Offer Notice”) to transfer all of the Subject Interest which the Transferring Member desires to Transfer and shall contain a complete description of the price and
other terms and conditions of the transaction in which the Transferring Member proposes to Transfer the Subject Interest, including, without limitation, the name of the ready, willing and able Transferee, the consideration specified and the proposed
closing date of the transaction, which shall in no event be later than 60 days following the expiration of the Option Period. The Non-Transferring Members shall have 30 days (the “Option Period”) after receipt of the Offer
Notice within which to advise the Transferring Member whether or not they will acquire all of such Subject Interest upon the terms and conditions contained in the Offer Notice. If, within the Option Period, one or more Non-Transferring Members elect
to acquire such Subject Interest, then such Non-Transferring Member or Members shall close such transaction in accordance with Section 3.6(b) no later than the closing date set forth in the Offer Notice. 
 (iii) If any Non-Transferring Member does not elect to acquire its proportionate share of the Subject Interest being
transferred, the remaining Non-Transferring Members shall have the right to acquire an equal and undivided portion of the remaining Subject Interest based on the ratio of their Membership Interest to the Membership Interest(s) of all
Non-Transferring Members desiring to acquire a portion of such remaining Subject Interest or in such proportions as such Non-Transferring Members may otherwise agree. The right herein created in favor of the Non-Transferring Members as a group is an
option to acquire all, or none, of the Subject Interest offered for sale by the Transferring Member. If the Non-Transferring Members as a group decline to acquire all of the Subject Interest of the Transferring Member in accordance with this
Section 3.6(b), the Transferring Member may, subject to Section 3.6(j) if applicable, Transfer such Subject Interest to the Transferee named in the Offer Notice delivered to the Non-Transferring Members upon the terms described in such
Offer Notice. If such Transfer does not occur in accordance with the terms of such Offer Notice, such attempted Transfer shall be null and void ab initio and the Transferring Member shall again be subject to the provisions of this
Section 3.6(b). 
 (iv) Upon consummation of any such Transfer (whether to a Member or any other Person),
such Transferee and its Membership Interest shall automatically become a party to and be bound by this Agreement and shall thereafter have all of the rights and obligations of a Member hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Transfers pursuant
to this Section 3.6(b) must also comply with and be governed by this Agreement, including any restrictions on Transfers herein and on any Transferee becoming a Substituted Member. 
 (c) Except with the prior Unanimous Consent of the Board Members, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed, no Member may pledge all or any portion of its Membership Interest. If any Member (“Encumbering Member”) should permit any encumbrance, mortgage or pledge on any of its Membership Interests
(“Encumbrance”) without

  

 -21- 

 
the Unanimous Consent of the Board Members, the Encumbering Member shall be obligated to notify the other Members in writing (and such notice shall be the Offer Notice) and the Encumbrance shall
be deemed to be a proposed Transfer of all the Membership Interests subject to the Encumbrance and, therefore, a Subject Interest offered to other Members under Section 3.6(b) at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Membership
Interest, and such Encumbering Member shall be obligated to sell its Membership Interest in accordance with Section 3.6(b) and this Section 3.6(c). Even if an Encumbrance were permitted under the terms of this Section 3.6(c), if a
creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy forecloses upon all or any portion of the Membership Interests of an Encumbering Member by a legal or equitable proceeding, the Encumbering Member shall be obligated to notify the other Members in writing (and such
notice shall be the Offering Notice) and the Transfer shall be deemed to be a proposed Transfer of all the Membership Interests subject to the Encumbrance and, therefore, a Subject Interest offered to other Members under Section 3.6(b) at a
price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Membership Interest, and such Encumbering Member shall be obligated to sell its Membership Interest in accordance with Section 3.6(b) and this Section 3.6(c). 
 (d) If a Member (i) is dissolved and wound up (unless the sole distributee of the Member’s Membership Interest is
such Member’s Parent or a Wholly-Owned Affiliate of the Member’s Parent), or (ii) becomes a Bankrupt Member, the affected Member shall be obligated to notify the other Members in writing (and such notice shall be deemed to be the
Offer Notice) and the entire Membership Interest owned by such Member shall be deemed to be the subject of a proposed Transfer and, therefore, a Subject Interest offered to other Members under Section 3.6(b) at a price equal to the Fair Market
Value of such Membership Interest, and such affected Member shall be obligated to sell its Membership Interest in accordance with Section 3.6(b) and this Section 3.6(d). 
 (e) Whenever the Fair Market Value of a Membership Interest is determined as a result of a deemed Transfer under Sections
3.6(c) or 3.6(d), the Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the occurrence of the Encumbrance or foreclosure, dissolution or bankruptcy, as applicable, that is deemed a Transfer (the
“Determination Date”); provided, however, that for purposes of determining the purchase price for the Subject Interest, the Fair Market Value shall be reduced by any distributions made to the Transferring Member
attributable to the Subject Interest, and increased by any Capital Contributions made by the Transferring Member attributable to the Subject Interest, occurring during the time period between the Determination Date and the closing of the purchase
and sale. 
 (f) Whenever an option arises as a result of a deemed Transfer under Sections 3.6(c) or 3.6(d), the
option period shall begin upon the occurrence of the event constituting the deemed Transfer and shall continue until the end of the stated period following the giving of the notification to the other Members referenced in the applicable provision of
Sections 3.6(c) or 3.6(d). 
  

 -22- 

 (g) At the closing of the Transfer of a Membership Interest pursuant to this
Agreement, the Transferee shall deliver to the Transferring Member the full consideration agreed upon. Any membership interest transfer or similar taxes involved in such sale shall be paid by the Transferring Member, and the Transferring Member
shall provide the Transferee with such evidence of the Transferring Member’s authority to Transfer hereunder and such tax lien waivers and similar instruments as the Transferee may reasonably request. 
 (h) If any governmental consent or approval is required with respect to any Transfer, the Transferee shall have a reasonable
amount of time (not to exceed 60 days from the date upon which such Transfer would have been otherwise consummated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) to obtain such consent or approval. All Members shall use reasonable, good faith
efforts to cooperate with the Transferee attempting to obtain, and to assist in timely obtaining, such consent or approval; provided that no Member shall be required to incur any out-of-pocket costs or additional liability in connection with
such cooperation and assistance. After the expiration of such waiting period, such Transferee shall forfeit its rights to acquire the Subject Interest with respect to such specific transaction; provided, however, that such forfeiture
shall not limit or otherwise affect the forfeiting Transferee’s rights with respect to any subsequent proposed Transfer made in accordance herewith. 
 (i) No Transfer of a Membership Interest shall affect a release of the Transferring Member (or its applicable Affiliates) from any liabilities or obligations to the Company or the other Members that
accrued prior to the Transfer. 
 (j) Tag-Along Rights.  
 Subject to the other provisions of this Article III, including, without limitation, Section 3.6(b), in the event any
Member other than Kinder Morgan (the “Tag Seller”) proposes to Transfer the Membership Interest held by such Member to a third party (other than a Transfer made in accordance with Section 3.6(a) or the first sentence of
Section 3.6(c)), and the Non-Transferring Members as a group have declined to acquire the Subject Interest in accordance with Section 3.6(b) (any such Transfer, a “Tag Sale”), then the Tag Seller shall provide
written notice to Kinder Morgan (the “Tag Notice”). The Tag Notice shall specify the identity of the prospective purchaser and the terms and conditions of such proposed Transfer, including the number of Membership Interests
proposed to be transferred (such amount constituting all of such Member’s Membership Interest) and the amount of consideration to be paid in respect thereof. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.6(j), Kinder Morgan shall
have the right to participate in such Tag Sale for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Tag Notice. This right of co-sale shall be on the following terms and conditions: 
 (i) Option to Participate. Kinder Morgan may elect to participate in the contemplated Tag Sale by delivering a written
notice (an “Election Notice”) to the Tag Seller within five (5) Business Days after receipt of a Tag Notice and Kinder Morgan may elect to sell in the contemplated Tag Sale all, but not less than all, of the Membership
Interests owned by

  

 -23- 

 
Kinder Morgan. If Kinder Morgan fails to deliver in a timely manner an Election Notice to the Tag Seller, it shall be deemed to have waived any right to participate in the Tag Sale and the Tag
Seller shall be free to Transfer the Subject Interest to the Transferee named in the Tag Notice in accordance with the terms described in the Tag Notice. To the extent that Kinder Morgan exercises such right of participation (a “Tag-Along
Participant”), in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and promptly following expiration of the offering period for the Tag Notice, the Tag Seller will notify Kinder Morgan as to whether the Membership Interests offered by
the Tag Seller in the Tag Notice, together with Kinder Morgan’s Membership Interest, will be purchased, and shall confirm the final terms of the Tag Sale to the Third Party purchaser. In the event that the prospective purchaser does not desire
to purchase all of the Membership Interests of Kinder Morgan and the Tag Seller, then each of Kinder Morgan and the Tag Seller will sell its pro rata share of the total Membership Interests that the prospective purchaser is willing to purchase. The
pro rata share of the Tag Seller will be equal to the number of Membership Interests the purchaser is willing to purchase multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Membership Interests of such Member and the denominator of
which is the aggregate number of Membership Interests of all Members participating in such Tag Sale (including the Tag Seller). 
 (ii) Representations and Warranties. In connection with a Tag Sale, each Tag-Along Participant shall be required to make representations and warranties in such form as the Tag Seller or purchaser
may reasonably request, regarding the Membership Interests that it proposes to Transfer, including, but not limited to, such Tag-Along Participant’s ownership of and authority to Transfer its Membership Interests, the absence of any liens or
other encumbrances on such Membership Interest (other than those arising under this Agreement and applicable securities laws), and the compliance of such Transfer with federal and state securities laws and all other applicable Laws. 
 (iii) Transfer Restrictions Binding on Third Party Purchaser. Upon consummation of any such Transfer, such Transferee
and its Membership Interest shall automatically become a party to and be bound by this Agreement and shall thereafter have all of the rights and obligations of a Member hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Transfers pursuant to this
Section 3.6(j) must also comply with and be governed by this Agreement, including any restrictions on Transfers herein and on any Transferee becoming a Substituted Member. 
 (iv) No Waiver of Subsequent Rights. The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of Kinder Morgan under this
Section 3.6(j) shall not affect its rights to participate in subsequent Transfers by the other Members made in accordance with this Section 3.6(j). 
 3.7 Documentation; Validity of Transfer. The Company shall not recognize for any purpose any purported Transfer of a Membership Interest unless and until the applicable provisions of
Sections 3.5 and 3.6 have been satisfied and the Company has received, on behalf of the Company, a document in a form acceptable to the Company executed by both the Transferring Member (or

  

 -24- 

 
if the Transfer is on account of the death, incapacity, or liquidation of the Member, its representative) and the Transferee. Such document shall (i) include the notice address of the
potential Transferee and such Person’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement with respect to the Membership Interest being obtained, (ii) contain a representation and warranty that the Transfer was made in accordance with all Laws
(including state and federal securities Laws) and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (iii) include a legally binding agreement of the Transferee to be bound by this Agreement from and after the date such Transferee becomes a Member and
(iv) if the Person to which the Membership Interest is Transferred is to be admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member, its representation and warranty that the representations and warranties in Section 3.4 are true and correct with
respect to such Person. Each Transfer and, if applicable, admission complying with the provisions of this Section 3.7 and Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.9(b) is effective against the Company as of the first Business Day of the calendar month
immediately succeeding the month in which (y) the Company receives the document required by this Section 3.7 reflecting such Transfer, and (z) the other requirements of Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.9(b) have been met. 
 3.8 Possible Additional Restrictions on Transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the
event of (i) the enactment (or imminent enactment) of any legislation, (ii) the publication of any temporary or final Regulations, (iii) any ruling by the Service or (iv) any judicial decision that in any such case, in the
opinion of counsel to the Company, would result in the taxation of the Company for federal income tax purposes as a corporation or would otherwise subject the Company to being taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes, this Agreement shall
be deemed to impose such restrictions on the Transfer of a Membership Interest as may be required, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, to prevent the Company from being taxed as a corporation or otherwise being taxed as an entity for federal
income tax purposes, and the Members thereafter shall amend this Agreement as necessary or appropriate to impose such restrictions. 
 3.9 Additional Members; Substituted Members. 
 (a) Additional Persons, including
Transferees, may be admitted to the Company as Members or Substituted Members as provided under the terms of this Section 3.9. Any admission of an additional Member (including a new Member for new value provided to the Company) involving the
issuance of additional Membership Interests requires the Unanimous Consent of the Board Members. Except as expressly provided otherwise, any Transferee with respect to a Transfer made in accordance with Sections 3.6(a), 3.6(b) or 3.6(j) shall be
admitted automatically as a Substituted Member upon compliance with Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7 and 3.9(b) with respect to such Transfer, but without the consent or approval of any other Person; provided, however, that any Transferee that is not
already a Member at the time of the Transfer and acquires a Membership Interest by foreclosure shall not be admitted as a Substituted Member without the Unanimous Consent of the Board Members. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Person may be admitted as a new Member or Substituted Member
only if such Person either meets the Credit Standards or delivers to the other Members a Guaranty Agreement from a Creditworthy Affiliate of such Person, as guarantor. This Section 3.9(b) shall not apply to Transferees under
Section 3.6(a). 
  

 -25- 

 (c) If the admission of any new Member (other than a Substituted Member)
pursuant to this Section 3.9 occurs, the Membership Interests of all Members will be reduced in accordance with their Membership Interests prior to giving effect to such admission. 
 (d) Upon becoming a Substituted Member, (i) such Substituted Member shall have all of the powers, rights, privileges,
duties, obligations and liabilities of a Member, as provided in this Agreement and by Laws to the extent of the Membership Interest so Transferred and (ii) the Member who Transferred the Membership Interest shall be relieved of all of the
obligations and liabilities with respect to such Membership Interest; provided that such Member shall remain fully liable for all liabilities and obligations relating to such Membership Interest that accrued prior to the applicable Transfer.

 3.10 Information. 
 (a) In addition to the other rights specifically set forth in this Agreement, each Member is entitled to all information to which that Member is entitled to have access pursuant to the Act under the
circumstances and subject to the conditions therein stated. 
 (b) The Members acknowledge that, from time to
time, they may receive information from or regarding the Company, its customers or any other Member or its Affiliates in the nature of trade secrets or secret or proprietary information or information that is otherwise confidential, the release of
which may be damaging to the Company or the Member or its Affiliates, as applicable, or Persons with which they do business. Each Member shall hold in strict confidence any such information it receives for a period of two (2) years following
the receipt of such information and, during such time period, may not disclose such information to any Person other than another Member, except for disclosures (i) to comply with any Laws (including applicable stock exchange or quotation system
requirements), (ii) to Affiliates, advisers or representatives of the Member or Persons to which that Member’s Membership Interest may be Transferred as permitted by this Agreement, but only if the recipients of such information have
agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.10(b), (iii) of information that a Member also has received from a source independent of the Company and that such Member reasonably believes such source obtained without breach of any
obligation of confidentiality, (iv) of information obtained prior to the formation of the Company, provided that this clause (iv) shall not relieve any Member or any of its Affiliates from any obligations it may have to any other
Member or any of its Affiliates under any existing confidentiality agreement, (v) to lenders, accountants and other representatives of the disclosing Member with a need to know such information, provided that the disclosing Member shall
be responsible for such representatives’ use and disclosure of any such information, (vi) of public information, or (vii) in connection with any proposed Transfer of a Membership Interest of a Member or the proposed sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of a Member or its Parent, to advisers or representatives of the Member, its Parent or Persons to which such interest may be Transferred as permitted by this Agreement, but only if the recipients of such information
have agreed in writing to be

  

 -26- 

 
bound by confidentiality provisions that are no less stringent than those set forth in this Section. The Members acknowledge that a breach of the provisions of this Section 3.10(b) may
cause irreparable injury to the Company or another Member for which monetary damages are inadequate, difficult to compute, or both. Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Section 3.10(b) may be enforced by injunctive action
or specific performance, and the Members hereby waive any requirement to post bond in connection with any injunctive order or order for specific performance. 
 (c) The Members acknowledge that, from time to time, the Company may need information from any or all of such Members for
various reasons, including for complying with various federal and state regulations. Each Member shall provide to the Company all information reasonably requested by the Company for purposes of complying with federal or state regulations or for
purposes of providing information to federal or state regulatory authorities in connection with tariff rate regulation, in each case within a reasonable amount of time from the date such Member receives such request; provided, however,
that no Member shall be obligated to provide such information to the Company to the extent such disclosure (i) could reasonably be expected to result in the breach or violation of any contractual obligation (if a waiver of such restriction
cannot reasonably be obtained) or Law or (ii) involves secret, confidential or proprietary information; and provided, further however, that in the alternative, any Member may provide such information directly to such federal or state
regulatory authorities. 
 3.11 Liability to Third Parties. Except as required by the Act, no Member shall be
liable to any Person (including any Third Party, the Company or to another Member) (i) as the result of any act or omission of another Member or (ii) for Company losses, liabilities or obligations (except as otherwise expressly agreed to
in writing by such Member or as a result of such Member having made available to the Company, for its proportionate share equal to its Membership Interest, such Member’s insurance program (commercial, self-funded, self-insured or other similar
programs)). 
 3.12 Resignation. Each Member hereby covenants and agrees that it will not resign from the Company
as a Member. 
 3.13 Fair Market Value. The “Fair Market Value” of the Subject
Interest deemed to be Transferred under Sections 3.6(c) or 3.6(d) shall be determined by mutual agreement of the Transferring Member (or its representative) and the Non-Transferring Members; provided, however, that if such Persons do not
agree on the Fair Market Value of such Subject Interest during the first 20 days of the Option Period, then (a) any Member, by written notice to the other Members, may require the determination of Fair Market Value to be made by an independent
appraiser specified in such written notice, and (b) the Option Period shall thereafter be extended until the 10th day following the final determination of Fair Market Value in accordance with the terms hereof. If any Person
receiving that notice objects in writing on or before the 10th day following receipt to the independent appraiser designated in that notice, and such Persons otherwise fail to agree on an independent appraiser, any such Person may request the
regional office of the CPR Institute to designate an independent appraiser who shall be qualified by his or her education, training and experience in the intrastate natural

  

 -27- 

 
gas pipeline industry to determine the Fair Market Value of such Subject Interest, whose determination of the independent appraiser shall be final and binding on all Parties. Failing designation
by the regional office of the CPR Institute, any such Person may in writing request the judge of the United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma senior in term of service to appoint an independent appraiser qualified by his or
her education, training and experience in the intrastate natural gas pipeline industry to determine the Fair Market Value of such Subject Interest, whose determination of the independent appraiser shall be final and binding on all Parties. If the
independent appraiser so chosen shall die, resign or otherwise fail or becomes unable to serve as independent appraiser, a replacement independent appraiser shall be chosen in accordance with this Section 3.13. The Company shall, and shall
instruct the Operator to, provide the independent appraiser with all information and data reasonably necessary to make a determination of Fair Market Value, subject to a customary confidentiality agreement. The independent appraiser shall report to
the Members its determination of Fair Market Value within 30 days after appointment, and such determination shall be final and binding on all Parties. The Transferring Member, on the one hand, and the Non-Transferring Members who have not
irrevocably withdrawn as potential purchaser(s) prior to the date the independent appraiser is chosen, on the other hand, each shall pay one-half of the appraisal and court costs in appointing an appraiser. Unless otherwise agreed to by the
Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members who have elected to acquire a portion of such Subject Interest, the purchase price for such Subject Interest shall be payable only in cash. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 4.1 Initial Capital Contributions. The initial Capital Contribution (the “Initial Capital
Contributions”) of each Member and related Gross Asset Values are reflected on Exhibit A. For purposes of this Agreement, Kinder Morgan will be treated as having made an Initial Capital Contribution with a Gross Asset
Value equal to $36,000,000. For purposes of this Agreement, GMX will be treated as having made an Initial Capital Contribution with a Gross Asset Value equal to $24,000,000. 
 4.2 Subsequent Contributions. 
 (a) Except as set forth in Sections 4.2(b), (c), or (d), no Member shall be required to make any additional Capital Contribution without prior Unanimous Consent relating to any such Capital Contribution.

 (b) The Members agree to contribute to the Company the sums required for the Company to pay all amounts
necessary to satisfy (i) any Well Connect Expenditure incurred in the preceding month or (ii) any Sustaining Project Expenditure incurred in the preceding month (in each case, a “Required Contribution”). Each Member
agrees to contribute that portion of the Required Contribution equal to its Membership Interest. Such contributions shall be made within ten (10) Business Days following the end of each such month pursuant to cash calls issued by the Company or
any Member when and in the amounts required to satisfy such Required Contribution. 
  

 -28- 

 (c) To the extent there are insufficient funds to satisfy any current
Contractual Obligations from working capital or other cash on hand, or other indebtedness approved by the Board in accordance with the terms hereof, the Members agree to contribute to the Company the sums required for the Company to pay all amounts
necessary to satisfy its Contractual Obligations (the “Contract Contribution Amount”). Each Member agrees to contribute that portion of the Contract Contribution Amount equal to its Membership Interest. Such contributions
shall be made pursuant to cash calls issued by the Company or any Member when and in the amounts required for the Company to satisfy its Contractual Obligations. 
 (d) Any Member that has elected, in its sole discretion, to fund an Expansion Project approved in accordance with the terms
of the Gathering Agreement and any Expansion Project Term Sheet shall be required to contribute to the Company the portion of the sums required to fund each such Expansion Project as indicated in the applicable Expansion Project Term Sheet (each, an
“Expansion Contribution”). Such Expansion Contributions shall be made pursuant to cash calls issued by the Company or any Member when and in the amounts specified in the applicable Expansion Project Term Sheet related to such
Expansion Project. The Company shall use the proceeds of such Expansion Contribution exclusively for the purposes of pursuing the Expansion Project to which such Expansion Contribution relates in accordance with the applicable Expansion Project Term
Sheet. 
 4.3 Failure to Contribute. 
 (a) If a Member is in Default as a result of its failure to contribute all or any portion of a Capital Contribution such
Member (“Delinquent Member”) is required to make as provided in this Agreement, any one or more non-Delinquent Members may advance the entire amount of the Delinquent Member’s Capital Contribution that is in Default,
with each non-Delinquent Member having the right to participate by making its share of such advance in proportion to its Membership Interest (without taking into account the Membership Interests of the Delinquent Member or the non-participating
non-Delinquent Members) or in such other percentages as the participating non-Delinquent Members may agree. Each advance made by a non-Delinquent Member on behalf of a Delinquent Member shall constitute a loan to the Delinquent Member (the
non-Delinquent Member(s) making such loan, the “Lending Member,” whether one or more). Such advance shall have the following results: 
 (i) the sum advanced shall constitute a loan from the Lending Member to the Delinquent Member and a Capital Contribution of
that sum to the Company by the Delinquent Member pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement; 
 (ii)
the principal balance of the loan and all accrued unpaid interest thereon (collectively, the “Obligation”) shall be due and payable in whole on the tenth (10th) Business Day after the day written demand requesting
payment of the Obligation is made by the Lending Member to the Delinquent Member; provided, however, that the Lending Member shall not demand payment of the Obligation until at least 60 days after the creation of the Obligation;
and provided, further, that the Delinquent Member may prepay the Obligation in whole or in part at any time prior to the date due; 
  

 -29- 

 (iii) the amount lent shall bear interest at the Default Interest Rate per
annum, compounded quarterly on the first day of each Quarter, from the date on which the advance is deemed made until the date that the loan, together with all interest accrued thereon and all costs and expenses associated therewith
(“Costs”), is repaid to the Lending Member; 
 (iv) all distributions from the Company
that otherwise would be made to the Delinquent Member (whether before or after dissolution of the Company) instead shall be paid to the Lending Member until the Obligation and any Costs have been paid in full to the Lending Member (with payments
being applied first to accrued and unpaid interest, second to Costs, and finally to principal); 
 (v) the
Lending Member shall have the right, in addition to the other rights and remedies granted to it pursuant to this Agreement or available to it at law or in equity, to take any action (including court proceedings and exercising the rights of a secured
party under the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code) that the Lending Member may deem appropriate to obtain payment from the Delinquent Member of the Obligation and all Costs; 
 (vi) if the Delinquent Member has defaulted on more than one Capital Contribution, the non-Delinquent Members who have made
advances on behalf of such Delinquent Member under this Section 4.3(a) shall have recourse to such Delinquent Member’s Membership Interest pursuant to Sections 4.3(a), 4.3(b) and 4.3(c) in priority based on the order of the dates on which
the Capital Contributions giving rise to such advances under this Section 4.3 were required to be made by the Delinquent Member, with an advance made in respect of Capital Contributions required at an earlier date (and the Obligations and Costs
relating to such advance) having priority over advances made in respect of Capital Contributions required at a later date (and the Obligations and Costs relating to such other advances); and 
 (vii) the Delinquent Member deemed to have received a loan from a Lending Member under the terms of this Section 4.3(a)
shall continue to be deemed in Default until all Obligations under such loan have been paid and satisfied in full; provided, however, that if at the time of such Default, the Delinquent Member has not been in Default at any time within the preceding
12 months, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the definition of “Unanimous Consent,” for a period of 60 days following the date of such Default, the Board shall not approve (A) any Capital Contribution pursuant to
Section 4.2(a) or (B) any action listed in Section 6.3(b) (that the Board Member appointed by such Delinquent Member would otherwise be entitled to vote upon), in each case, without the affirmative vote of the Board Member appointed
by the Delinquent Member. 
  

 -30- 

 (b) Each Member grants to each Lending Member as security for any
Obligations that may be due and owing by such Member hereunder a security interest in its Membership Interest pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code and agrees that the Lending Member shall have the rights and
remedies granted under the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the security interest granted therein, subject to the rights of any senior secured creditor arising under any pledge approved in accordance with Section 3.6(c) hereof.
Each Member authorizes any Lending Member to file Delaware Uniform Commercial Code financing statements related thereto and agrees that a copy of this Agreement can serve as the necessary security agreement. 
 (c) The Company shall have the right to exercise the following remedies with respect to a Delinquent Member in addition to
the rights granted by Section 4.3(a): 
 (i) the Company may at any time take such action (including court
proceedings) as the Company may deem appropriate to obtain payment by the Delinquent Member of the portion of the Delinquent Member’s Capital Contribution that is in Default, along with all costs and expenses associated with the collection of
such Delinquent Member’s Capital Contribution; and 
 (ii) the Company may at any time exercise any other
rights and remedies available under this Agreement or at law or in equity. 
 4.4 Return of Contributions. A
Member is not entitled (i) to the return of any part of any Capital Contributions or (ii) to be paid interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions. An unrepaid Capital Contribution is not a liability of the
Company or of any Member. A Member is not required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Company to enable the Company to return any other Member’s Capital Contributions. 
 ARTICLE V 
 BOOK/TAX ALLOCATIONS AND
DISTRIBUTIONS 
 5.1 General Application of Book Allocations. The rules set forth below in Sections 5.1,
5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 shall apply for the purposes of determining each Member’s allocable share of the items of income, gain, loss and expense of the Company comprising Net Income or Net Loss of the Company for each Fiscal Year, determining special
allocations of other items of income, gain, loss and expense, and adjusting the balance of each Member’s Capital Account to reflect the aforementioned general and special allocations. For each Fiscal Year, the special allocations in
Section 5.3 hereof shall be made immediately prior to the general allocations of Section 5.2 hereof. 
 5.2
General Book Allocations. 
 (a) Hypothetical Liquidation. The items of income, expense, gain
and loss of the Company comprising Net Income or Net Loss for a Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the persons who were Members during such Fiscal Year in a manner that shall, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Member
at the end of such Fiscal Year to equal the excess (which may be negative) of: 
  

 -31- 

 (i) the amount of the hypothetical distribution (if any) that such Member
would receive if, on the last day of the Fiscal Year, (A) all Company assets (including cash) were sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Values, taking into account any adjustments thereto for such Fiscal Year, (B) all Company
liabilities were satisfied in cash according to their terms (limited, with respect to each Nonrecourse Liability, to the Gross Asset Values of the assets securing such liability), and (C) the net proceeds thereof (after satisfaction of such
liabilities) together with the amount of any cash and the Gross Asset Value (determined in accordance with the definition of Gross Asset Value in connection with the actual distribution) of any other assets that had been distributed by the Company
to a Member in the current or any prior Fiscal Year, were distributed in full pursuant to Section 10.2(e) hereof (as if such hypothetical distribution were the first distribution by the Company) over 
 (ii) the sum of (A) the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value (determined in accordance with the definition of Gross
Asset Value in connection with the actual distribution) of any other assets actually previously distributed by the Company to such Member in the current or any prior Fiscal Year, (B) the amount, if any, without duplication, that such Member
would be obligated to contribute to the capital of the Company, (C) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain determined pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-2(g), and (D) such Member’s share (without duplication) of
Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain determined pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), all computed as of the hypothetical sale described in Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof. 
 (b) Determination of Items Comprising Book Allocations. 
 (i) If the Company has Net Income for a Fiscal Year, 
 (A) for any Member as to whom the allocation pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof would reduce its Capital Account, such
allocation shall be comprised of a proportionate share of each of the Company’s items of expense or loss entering into the computation of Net Income for such Fiscal Year; and 
 (B) the allocation pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof in respect of each Member (other than a Member referred to in
Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) hereof) shall be comprised of a proportionate share of each Company item of income, gain, expense and loss entering into the computation of Net Income for such Fiscal Year (other than the portion of each Company item of
expense and loss, if any, that is allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) hereof). 
 (ii) If the Company
has a Net Loss for a Fiscal Year, 
 (A) for any Member as to whom the allocation pursuant to Section 5.2(a)
hereof would increase its Capital Account, such allocation shall be comprised of a proportionate share of each of the Company’s items of income and gain entering into the computation of Net Loss for such Fiscal Year; and 
  

 -32- 

 (B) the allocation pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof in respect of each
Member (other than a Member referred to in Section 5.2(b)(ii)(A) hereof) shall be comprised of a proportionate share of each Company item of income, gain, expense and loss entering into the computation of Net Loss for such Fiscal Year (other
than the portion of each Company item of income and gain, if any, that is allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(ii)(A) hereof). 
 (c) Loss Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.2, the amount of items of Company expense and loss allocated pursuant to this Section 5.2 to any
Member shall not exceed the maximum amount of such items that can be so allocated without causing such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any Fiscal Year. All such items in excess of the limitation set forth in this
Section 5.2(c) shall be allocated first to Members who would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, pro rata, in proportion to their Capital Account balances, adjusted as provided in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of
“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit,” until no Member would be entitled to any further allocation, and thereafter to the Members in the reasonable discretion of the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.2, in
the event any such items shall be allocated to a Member pursuant to the preceding sentence, an equal amount of Company income shall be allocated to such Member prior to any allocation pursuant to Section 5.2(a). 
 (d) No Deficit Restoration Obligation. At no time during the term of the Company or upon dissolution and liquidation
thereof shall a Member with a negative balance in its Capital Account have any obligation to the Company or the other Members to restore such negative balance, except as may be required by law or in respect of any negative balance resulting from a
withdrawal of capital or dissolution in contravention of this Agreement. 
 5.3 Special Allocations. The following
special allocations shall be made in the following order: 
 (a) Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a
net decrease during a Fiscal Year in either Company Minimum Gain or Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, each Member shall receive such special allocations of items of Company income and
gain as are required in order to conform to Regulations Section 1.704-2. 
 (b) Qualified Income
Offset. Subject to Section 5.3(a) hereof, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, items of income and gain shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner that complies with the “qualified income offset”
requirement of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(3). 
 (c) Deficit Capital Accounts
Generally. If a Member has a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any Fiscal Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is then obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) the

  

 -33- 

 
amount such Member is then deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), respectively, such Member shall be
specially allocated items of Company income and gain in an amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that any allocation under this Section 5.3(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Member would have a deficit Capital
Account balance in excess of such sum after all allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.3(c) were not in this Agreement. 
 (d) Deductions Attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt. Any item of Company expense that is attributable to Member
Nonrecourse Debt shall be specially allocated to the Members in the manner in which they share the economic risk of loss (as defined in Regulations Section 1.752-2) for such Member Nonrecourse Debt. 
 (e) Allocation of Nonrecourse Deductions. Each Nonrecourse Deduction of the Company shall be specially allocated in
the Board’s reasonable discretion. 
 (f) Allocation of Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of
determining each Member’s share of Nonrecourse Liabilities, if any, of the Company in accordance with Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Members’ interests in Company profits shall be determined in the same manner as prescribed by
Section 5.3(e) hereof. 
 (g) Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in this
Section 5.3 are intended to comply with Section 704 and the Regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, the Board in its discretion shall be authorized to make appropriate amendments to the allocations
of items pursuant to this Agreement if necessary in order to comply with Section 704 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder; provided, that no such change shall affect any amount distributable to any Member pursuant to this Agreement.

 The allocations pursuant to Sections 5.3(a), (b) and (c) hereof shall be comprised of a proportionate share of each of the
Company’s items of income and gain. The amounts of any Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in
subparagraphs (a) through (e) of the definition of Net Income and Net Loss. 
 5.4 Transfer of Interest.
In the event of a Transfer of all or part of a Membership Interest of a Member (in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement) at any time other than the end of a Fiscal Year, or the admission of an Additional Member pursuant to
Section 3.9, the shares of items of Net Income or Net Loss and specially allocated items allocable to the Membership Interest transferred shall be allocated between the Transferring Member and the Transferee in a manner determined by the Board
in its discretion that is not inconsistent with the applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations. 
  

 -34- 

 5.5 Tax Allocations. 
 (a) (i) Section 704(b) Allocations. Subject to Section 5.5(b) hereof, each item of income, gain, loss, or deduction
for Federal income tax purposes that corresponds to an item of income, gain, loss or expense that is either taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss or is specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof (a “Book
Item”) shall be allocated among the Members in the same proportion as the corresponding Book Item is allocated among them pursuant to Section 5.2 or 5.3 hereof. 
 (ii) (A) If the Company recognizes Depreciation Recapture (as defined below) in respect of the sale of any Company asset,

 (1) the portion of the gain on such sale which is allocated to a Member pursuant to Section 5.2 or Section 5.3
hereof shall be treated as consisting of a portion of the Company’s Depreciation Recapture on the sale and a portion of the balance of the Company’s remaining gain on such sale under principles consistent with Regulations
Section 1.1245-1, and 
 (2) if, for Federal income tax purposes, the Company recognizes both “unrecaptured
Section 1250 gain” (as defined in Section 1(h) of the Code) and gain treated as ordinary income under Section 1250(a) of the Code in respect of such sale, the amount treated as Depreciation Recapture under
Section 5.5(a)(ii)(A)(1) hereof shall be comprised of a proportionate share of both such types of gain. 
 (B) For purposes of this Section 5.5(a)(ii), “Depreciation Recapture” means the portion of any gain from the disposition of an asset of the Company which, for Federal income tax purposes, (a) is treated as
ordinary income under Section 1245 of the Code, (b) is treated as ordinary income under Section 1250 of the Code, or (c) is “unrecaptured Section 1250 gain” as such term is defined in Section 1(h) of the Code.

 (b) Section 704(c) Allocations. In the event any property of the Company is credited to the
Capital Account of a Member at a value other than its tax basis (whether as a result of a contribution of such property or a revaluation of such property pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value”),
then allocations of taxable income, gain, loss and deductions with respect to such property shall be made in a manner which will comply with Code Sections 704(b) and 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder. The Members hereby agree that the Company
shall elect to use the “remedial allocation method” as described in Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) with respect to allocations related to any property of the Company. 
 (c) Tax Items Allocable to Particular Members. If the Company is required to recognize income, gain, deduction, or
loss for tax purposes that is attributable to a particular Member, such items shall be allocated to such Member. 
 (d) Credits. All tax credits shall be allocated among the Members as determined by the Board in its discretion, consistent with applicable law. 
  

 -35- 

 The tax allocations made pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall be solely for tax purposes and shall not
affect any Member’s Capital Account or share of non-tax allocations or distributions under this Agreement. 
 5.6
Requirement of Distributions. 
 (a) Within 10 Business Days following the end of each Quarter
commencing with the Quarter ending on December 31, 2009, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash from Operations shall, subject to Section 18-607 of the Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article V by the Company to the Members.
All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Act, as applicable. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 5.6(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Company, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be
applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 10.2. 
 (c) The Board shall treat taxes paid by the Company on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Members, as a distribution of Available Cash from Operations to such Members. 
 5.7 Distributions of Available Cash from Operations. Available Cash from Operations, with respect to any Quarter, subject to
Section 18-607 of the Act, shall be distributed 100% to all Members as follows: 
 (a) First, to Kinder
Morgan in an amount equal to the KM Pre-Payout Distribution Amount and to GMX in an amount equal to the GMX Pre-Payout Distribution Amount until the cumulative amount distributed to Kinder Morgan pursuant to this Section 5.7(a) first equals the
KM Investment; and 
 (b) Thereafter, to the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Membership
Interests. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY 
 6.1 Generally. The
management of the Company is fully vested in the Members, acting exclusively in their membership capacities. To facilitate the orderly and efficient management of the Company, the Members shall act collectively as a “committee of the
whole,” which is hereby named the “Board.” The Company will not have “managers,” as that term is used in the Act, it being understood that the Board Members do not constitute “managers.” Decisions or
actions taken by the Board in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute decisions or actions by the Company and shall be binding on each Member, Board Member, Officer and employee, if any, of the Company. Any Person dealing
with the Company, other than a Member or a Member’s Affiliate, may rely on the authority of the Board or the Officers in taking any action in the name of the Company without inquiry into the provisions of this Agreement or compliance with it,
regardless of whether that action actually is taken in accordance with the

  

 -36- 

 
provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise agreed by Unanimous Consent, no Member shall have any unilateral right or authority to take any action on behalf of the Company or to bind or
commit the Company to any agreements, transactions or other arrangements with respect to Third Parties or otherwise or to hold itself out as an agent of the Company. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Member hereby
(a) specifically delegates to the Board its rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-407 of the Act, and (b) waives its right to bind the Company,
as contemplated by the provisions of Section 18-402 of the Act. 
 6.2 Board. 
 (a) Each Member shall appoint one (1) Board Member. Each Board Member may notify the other Board Members, from time to
time, of the identity of one representative of such Board Member who will represent him at any Board meeting which such Board Member is unable to attend (an “Alternate Board Member”). The term “Board Member” shall
also refer to any Alternate Board Member that is actually performing the duties of the applicable Board Member in lieu of that Board Member. 
 (b) The initial Board Members and initial Alternate Board Members are set forth on Schedule 6.2. 
 (c) Each Board Member may vote by delivering his written proxy to another Board Member. A Board Member shall serve until he resigns or is removed as provided in Section 6.7. 
 (d) The Board may establish, name or dissolve one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Board
Members. Any committee established pursuant to this Section 6.2(d) shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority delegated to such committee by the Board. 
 (e) Each Board Member shall have the full authority to act on behalf of the Member that designated such Board Member; the
action of a Board Member at a meeting (or through a written consent) of the Board shall bind the Member that designated such Board Member; and the other Members shall be entitled to rely upon such action without further inquiry or investigation as
to the actual authority (or lack thereof) of such Board Member. In addition, the act of an Alternate Board Member shall be deemed the act of the Board Member for which such Alternate Board Member is acting, without the need to produce evidence of
the absence or unavailability of such Board Member. 
 6.3 Powers of the Board. 
 (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3(b) and 6.6, the Board (and any Officer or committee duly authorized by the
Board) shall have the power, right and authority to take all actions which the Board deems necessary, useful or appropriate for the management and conduct of the Business or to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company. 
  

 -37- 

 (b) Subject to the right and obligation of the Company to take actions in
accordance with the terms of the Approved Affiliate Contracts or Approved Contracts, the Company shall not (directly or through any subsidiaries) and the Board shall not approve (directly or through committees) any action by the Company to, without
Unanimous Consent: 
 (i) Sell, exchange, or dispose of any assets, in one or more related transaction, outside
the ordinary course of business or with a fair market value in excess of $100,000; 
 (ii) Merge, consolidate, or
enter into any joint venture with any Person; 
 (iii) Subject to Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.9, admit any Person as
a Member or Substituted Member; 
 (iv) Amend the Certificate or amend this Agreement, except pursuant to the
terms of Article XI; 
 (v) Issue, sell or repurchase Membership Interests or any other equity interests, or
raise additional capital in any other manner; 
 (vi) Incur or refinance any indebtedness; 
 (vii) Engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the Board determines would generate income that does not
constitute “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code; 
 (viii) Enter
into any natural gas gathering agreement on terms that are materially different from the terms of the Gathering Agreement, or any amendment or modification to any such agreements; 
 (ix) Commence or resolve any litigation or arbitration where the estimated amount in controversy is more than $100,000 or the
settlement amount to be paid or received is more than $100,000); 
 (x) Enter into any agreement for the
acquisition of assets or the provision of services, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000, unless all material economic terms have been expressly described in any approved Budget; 
 (xi) Grant a lien on, or otherwise encumber, any assets of the Company; 
 (xii) Enter into any agreement guaranteeing the obligations of another Person; 
  

 -38- 

 (xiii) Enter into any swap, exchange, commodity option or hedging agreement,
or similar agreement, including all master agreements and any confirmations issued pursuant thereto; 
 (xiv)
Lease or sublease any real property involving aggregate payments in excess of $100,000 in any calendar year, unless included in any approved Budget; 
 (xv) Lease any personal property involving aggregate payments in excess of $100,000 in any calendar year, unless included in any approved Budget; 
 (xvi) Enter into any consulting agreement both (A) providing annual compensation in excess of $50,000 and (B) that
cannot be terminated on thirty (30) days or less notice without premium or penalty, unless included in any approved Budget; 
 (xvii) Enter into any agreement that purports to limit the freedom of or the Company to (A) engage in any line of business or (B) conduct business in any geographic area; 
 (xviii) Cause the Company to engage in any business other than the Business; 
 (xix) Change the Tax Matters Member of the Company to a Person other than GMX; 
 (xx) Enter into any agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and a Member, or any Affiliate of a Member, on the other
hand; 
 (xxi) Dissolve or liquidate; 
 (xxii) Approve the Budget and any amendments thereto; 
 (xxiii) Declare bankruptcy, or file a petition, or seek protection, under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization law; and 
 (xxiv) Hire any employee. 
 6.4 Budgets. For each Fiscal Year, the activities and operations of the Company for such period shall be set forth in
the applicable approved Budget. Each Budget shall be prepared and approved or disapproved by the Board in the following manner: 
 (a) The Operator pursuant to the terms of the Pipeline Operating Agreement or any successor agreement with an Operator shall prepare and submit for approval of the Board the Operating Budget and the
Capital Budget (individually and collectively, the “Budget”) in accordance with the terms of the Pipeline Operating Agreement. 
  

 -39- 

 (b) Board Members appointed by the Member Controlling the Operator shall
vote to approve any Budget proposed by the Operator. 
 (c) The Board shall approve or disapprove a Budget no
later than forty-five (45) days prior to the beginning of the next succeeding Fiscal Year. Except as provided in Section 4.4 of the Pipeline Operating Agreement, if the Board disapproves a proposed Operating Budget, then, until the Board
has approved a revised Operating Budget, the Company is authorized to incur only costs set forth in any line item approved by the Board. If the Board fails to approve or disapprove an Operating Budget at least forty-five (45) days prior to the
beginning of the next succeeding Fiscal Year or revised Operating Budget, then the Company will continue to operate under the existing Operating Budget until the new Operating Budget is approved, except that the items in the existing Operating
Budget (but not the Capital Budget) will be increased by an amount that is equal to the percentage difference between the seasonally unadjusted Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (all items), U.S. City Average (1982-84 = 100), as published
by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics (the “CPI-U”) for the month of May of the year prior to the year of the dispute and the seasonally unadjusted CPI-U for the month of May in the year of the dispute.
Except as provided in Section 4.4 of the Pipeline Operating Agreement, if the Board fails to approve a Capital Budget at least forty-five (45) days prior to the beginning of the next succeeding Fiscal Year or revised Capital Budget, then,
until the Board has approved a new or revised Capital Budget, the Company is authorized to incur capital expenditures only with respect to projects previously approved in a Capital Budget. 
 (d) If, during the period covered by an approved Budget, the President of the Company determines that an adjustment to the
estimated costs set forth in such Budget is necessary or appropriate, then the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall submit to the Board for approval an adjusted Budget setting forth such adjusted or additional line items as
are necessary or required. The Board shall approve or disapprove the adjusted Budget within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such adjusted Budget. 
 6.5 Meetings of the Board. 
 (a) Regular meetings of
the Board shall be held quarterly, at the principal offices of the Company, or at such other times or places as determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by any of the Board Members. Each Member shall use commercially
reasonable efforts, in good faith, to cause its designated Board Member and/or Alternate Board Member to attend each regular or special meeting of the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, both Board Members and Alternate Board Members are permitted to
attend all meetings of the Board. The Board may also invite one or more of the Officers to attend meetings of the Board. 
 (b) Notice of the time and place of any regular meeting of the Board shall be in accordance with the meeting schedule approved by the Board or by providing notice at least three (3) calendar days but
no more than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the meeting. Special meetings of the Board may be called by providing at least three (3) calendar days’ notice prior to the

  

 -40- 

 
meeting. Special meetings of the Board to deal with emergencies may be called by providing at least six (6) hours’ notice prior to the meeting, so long as each Board Member provides
written confirmation of receipt of notice or waives notice (including by attending the emergency meeting). Written notice of meetings of the Board, including the purpose of the meeting, shall be given to each Board Member (and each Alternate Board
Member) with the notice of the meeting. Any Board Member may waive notice of any meeting by the execution of a written waiver prior or subsequent to such meeting. The attendance of a Board Member at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except where a Board Member attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor
the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board, need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting. 
 (c) All meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board. The Company’s Secretary shall act as the secretary of the meeting who shall make a written record of the proceedings of such meeting and shall be
provided to the Members promptly after the meeting. The initial Chairman of the Board shall be Harry C. Stahel, Jr., and subsequently the Chairman of the Board shall be elected annually by GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, or otherwise by Kinder
Morgan. 
 (d) The Board may adopt whatever rules and procedures relating to its activities as it may deem
appropriate, provided that such rules and procedures shall not be inconsistent with or violate the provisions of this Agreement, and, provided further that such rules and regulations shall permit Board Members to participate in
meetings by telephone or video conference or the like or by written proxy, and such participation shall be deemed attendance for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. 
 6.6 Quorum and Voting. 
 (a) The attendance of Board Members representing not less than a Required Consent shall constitute a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business. 
 (b) All actions and approvals of the Board shall be approved and passed at a meeting at which a quorum is present by the
Required Consent, except where a Unanimous Consent is specifically required under the terms of this Agreement. 
 (c) Any Board Member may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. 
 (d) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice, and without a vote, if consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by Board Members constituting a Required Consent or Unanimous Consent, as may be required to approve such action at a meeting of the Board held for
such purpose. Each written consent shall bear the date and signature of each Board Member who signs the consent and a copy of such consent shall be promptly delivered to any Board Member who has not signed such consent. 
  

 41 

 6.7 Resignation; Removal and Vacancies. 
 (a) Any Board Member may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board. The resignation of any Board Member shall
take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. 
 (b) Any Board Member may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member who appointed such Board Member. The
removal of a Board Member shall be effective only upon receipt of notice thereof by the remaining Board Members. 
 (c) Each Member shall have a Board Member and Alternate Board Member at all times. Any vacancy in the number of Board Members or Alternate Board Members occurring for any reason shall be filled promptly by the appointment of a new Board
Member or Alternate Board Member, as applicable, by the Member who was represented by such Board Member or Alternate Board Member. The appointment of a new Board Member or Alternate Board Member, as applicable, by the Member is effective upon
receipt of notice thereof by or at such time as shall be specified in such notice to the remaining Board Members. 
 6.8
Discharge of Duties; Reliance on Reports. Each Board Member may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request consent, order,
bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the Board. The Board may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other
consultants and advisers selected by it and any act taken or omitted in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters that the Board Members reasonably believe to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be
conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion. No Board Member shall have any fiduciary or quasi-fiduciary duty to the Company or the Members pursuant to this Agreement and any standard of care
and duty otherwise imposed on any Board Member by this Agreement or under the Act or any Law shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Law. 
 6.9 Officers. 
 (a) The officers of the
Company shall be a President, Vice President, a Secretary and Treasurer (the “Officers”). The Officers shall be appointed by GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, or otherwise by Kinder Morgan. The initial Officer appointees
are listed on Schedule 6.9(a). 
 (b) GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, or otherwise Kinder
Morgan may appoint such other Officers as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. 
  

 -42- 

 (c) The authority of any officers of the Company shall be restricted to the
carrying on of the day-to-day affairs of the Company and any such authority shall be subject to the supervisory control of the Board. Unless the Board decides otherwise, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of
the authority and duties set forth below and those that are normally associated with that office: 
 (i)
President. Unless otherwise specified by the Board, the President shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Company and have such general executive powers to manage the Business, and such other powers and duties
as the Board may from time to time prescribe. 
 (ii) Vice President. In the absence of the President, or
in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. 
 (iii) Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the Board, and shall exercise general
supervision over the files of the Company. The Secretary shall give notice of meetings and shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office. 
 (iv) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the custody of all funds and securities of the Company, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be assigned to the Treasurer
by the Board or the President. 
 6.10 Term of Officers. 
 (a) An Officer shall serve until he resigns, his term expires or he is removed as provided in Section 6.10(b). Any
Officer of the Company may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board. The resignation of any Officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and, unless otherwise specified
in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. 
 (b) If any
vacancy shall occur in any office, for any reason whatsoever, then GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, otherwise Kinder Morgan shall have the right to elect a new Officer to fill the vacancy. The election of a new Officer to fill a vacancy is
effective upon receipt of notice thereby or at any such later time as shall be specified in such notice to the Board. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, otherwise Kinder Morgan and
any vacancy due to a such removal shall be filled by the appointment of GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, otherwise Kinder Morgan. GMX, so long as GMX is the Operator, otherwise Kinder Morgan may remove any Officer with or without cause. The
removal of any Officer shall be effective only upon receipt of notice thereof by the Board. 
  

 -43- 

 6.11 Approved Contracts; Affiliate Contracts. The Members hereby ratify,
confirm and approve the Company entering into, and performing its obligations under, the Approved Contracts and the Approved Affiliate Contracts. The Members acknowledge that the Company may from time to time enter into contracts with a Member or an
Affiliate of a Member (any such contract, an “Affiliate Contract”), including the Approved Affiliate Contracts. With respect to any such Affiliate Contract, 
 (a) the Company shall enter into any such contract (other than the Approved Affiliate Contracts, which are hereby expressly
approved pursuant to this Section 6.11) only with the approval of the Board, and the negotiation of any such Affiliate Contract shall be conducted on behalf of the Company by or under the direction of the Board Members of only those Members
which are not themselves, nor are their Affiliates, to be a party to such Affiliate Contract; 
 (b) if the
Affiliate that is party to any such contract is not the Parent of such Member, such Member’s Parent shall provide a Guaranty Agreement guaranteeing the obligations of such Member’s Affiliate arising under such Affiliate Contract; and

 (c) any matters involving such Affiliate Contract shall be conducted by or under the direction of the Board,
provided that a Board Member of a Member that is a party to, or has an Affiliate that is a party to, such Affiliate Contract shall not participate in a vote at a meeting of the Board regarding decisions to: (1) approve and authorize the Company
to enter into such Affiliate Contract; (2) remove key personnel under such Affiliate Contract to the extent permitted by the terms thereof; (3) exercise any audit or review rights thereunder; (4) dispute contested invoices transmitted
to the Company pursuant to such Affiliate Contract; (5) assert a default by the other party thereunder, and exercise remedies thereunder; (6) consent to assignment by the other party to such Affiliate Contract where applicable, subject to
any applicable standards for consent contained within such Affiliate Contract; (7) exercise the rights of the Company in the event of prohibited conduct under the terms of such Affiliate Contract, (8) negotiate and agree to any change in,
or any consent or waiver under, such Affiliate Contract, (9) terminate an Affiliate Contract in accordance with the terms thereof and/or (10) grant or agree to any consent, approval or waiver by the Company under such Affiliate Contract.

 6.12 Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be obtained and maintained, in effect
insurance as determined by the Board. The Company may also obtain and maintain insurance covering the Board Members and the Officers arising from their actions on behalf of the Company. 
 6.13 Compensation and Reimbursement. The Board Members and Officers shall not receive from the Company any compensation for
managing the affairs of the Company. The Company shall reimburse such Persons for any authorized out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred on behalf of the Company, as approved by the Board. 
  

 -44- 

 ARTICLE VII 
 INDEMNIFICATION 
 7.1 Right to
Indemnification. Subject to the limitations and conditions as provided herein or by Laws, each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by
reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a Member of the Company, a Board Member, a member of a committee of the Company or an Officer of the Company, or while such a Person is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, member, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic general partnership, corporation, limited partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the Company to the extent such Proceeding or other above-described process relates to any such above-described relationships with, status with respect to,
or representation of any such Person to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader
indemnification rights than said Laws permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including
attorneys’ and experts’ fees) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding, and indemnification under this Article VII shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially
entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder for any and all liabilities and damages related to and arising from such Person’s activities while acting in such capacity; provided, however, that no Person shall be entitled to
indemnification under this Section 7.1 in the event the Proceeding involves acts or omissions of such Person which constitute an intentional breach of this Agreement or gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Person. The
rights granted pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VII shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or
Proceedings arising prior to any such amendment, modification or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article VII could involve indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict
liability. 
 7.2 Indemnification of Officers, Employees (if any) and Agents. The Company may indemnify, and
advance expenses to, Persons who are not or were not a Member, including current and former Board Members, Officers, employees (if any) or agents of the Company, and those Persons who are or were serving at the request of the Company as a manager,
director, officer, partner, venturer, member, trustee, employee (if any), agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic general partnership, corporation, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee
(if any) benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in such a capacity or arising out of his status as such a Person to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses
to a Member under this Article VII. 
  

 -45- 

 7.3 Advance Payment. Any right to indemnification conferred in this
Article VII shall include a limited right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company for any and all reasonable expenses as they are incurred by a Person entitled to be indemnified under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 who was, or is threatened, to be
made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to such Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided, however, that the
payment of such expenses incurred by any such Person in advance of final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of his good faith belief that he has met the requirements
necessary for indemnification under this Article VII and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified
under this Article VII or otherwise. 
 7.4 Appearance as a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Article VII, the Company may pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any Person entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Article VII in connection with such Person’s appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding
at a time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding. 
 7.5 Nonexclusivity of Rights. The
right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Person indemnified pursuant to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 may have or hereafter acquire under
any Laws, this Agreement, or any other agreement, vote of Members or otherwise. 
 7.6 Insurance. The Company
shall, in accordance with Section 6.12, purchase and maintain indemnification insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any other Persons from any expenses, liabilities, or losses that may be indemnified under this Article VII.

 7.7 Board Notification. Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to any Person entitled to be indemnified
under this Article VII shall be reported in writing to the Board with or before the notice or waiver of notice of the next meeting of the Board or with or before the next submission to the Board of a consent to action without a meeting and, in
any case, within the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date the indemnification or advance was made. 
 7.8 Savings Clause. If this Article VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless any Person entitled
to be indemnified pursuant to this Article VII as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by Laws. 
 7.9 Scope of Indemnity. For the purposes of this Article VII, references to the “Company” include
all constituent entities, whether corporations or otherwise, absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving entity. Thus, any Person entitled to be indemnified or receive advances under this Article VII shall stand
in the same position under the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have if such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization never occurred. 
  

 -46- 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 TAXES 
 8.1 Tax Returns. The Tax
Matters Member shall cause the preparation and timely filing (including extensions) of all tax returns required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Code as well as all other required tax returns in each jurisdiction in which the Company is
required to file tax returns. The Tax Matters Member shall provide the other Members an opportunity to review and comment upon any such tax returns prior to the filing of such tax returns. Within twenty (20) days after the end of each Fiscal
Year, the Tax Matters Member will cause to be delivered to each Member, any information requested by any Member with respect to the Company as may be necessary for the preparation of such Member’s Federal income tax returns for such Fiscal
Year. 
 8.2 Tax Elections. The Company shall make the following elections on the appropriate tax returns:

 (a) to adopt the accrual method of accounting; 
 (b) an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Code; 
 (c) to deduct the organizational expenses of the Company as permitted by Section 709(b) of the Code; 
 (d) to deduct the start-up expenditures of the Company as permitted by Section 195(b) of the Code; and 
 (e) any other election that the Board may deem appropriate and in the best interests of the Company or Members, as the case
may be. 
 Neither the Company nor any Member may make an election for the Company to be excluded from the application of the provisions of
subchapter K of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Code or any similar provisions of applicable state law, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to sanction or approve such an election. 
 8.3 Tax Matters Member. The “Tax Matters Member” of the Company pursuant to section 6231(a)(7) of the
Code shall be GMX, if GMX is a Member or an Affiliate of a Member, or if not, as selected by the Board by Unanimous Consent. The Tax Matters Member shall take such action as may be necessary to cause each Member to become a “notice
partner” within the meaning of section 6223 of the Code and shall inform each Member of all significant matters that may come to its attention in its capacity as Tax Matters Member by giving notice thereof on or before the fifth Business Day
after becoming aware thereof and, within that time, shall forward to each other Member copies of all significant written communications it may receive in that capacity. The Tax Matters Member may not take any action contemplated by sections 6222
through 6231 of the Code without the consent of the Board, but this sentence does not authorize the Tax Matters Member to take any action left to the determination of an individual Member under

  

 -47- 

 
sections 6222 through 6231 of the Code. The Tax Matters Member shall provide any Member, upon request, access to all accounting and tax information, workpapers and schedules related to the
Company. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 ACCOUNTING, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS 
 9.1 Method
of Accounting. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the books of account and reports of the Company shall be maintained or prepared, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that for purposes of making
distributions hereunder and maintaining Capital Accounts, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply. Each Member acknowledges that the Capital Account of each Member for the purposes described in the preceding sentence is not computed in
accordance with GAAP. 
 9.2 Books and Records. 
 (a) Books of Account and Records. Proper and complete records and books of account of the Company, including all such
transactions and other matters as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or as are required under applicable Law, shall be maintained by the Company. The Company also shall
keep at its principal place of business all minutes of proceedings of the Board, all records relating to the Company required by the LLC Act and any other applicable Laws to be kept at such office. 
 (b) Inspection. All records and books of account described in Section 9.2(a) shall be open to inspection and
copying by either Member or its representatives at any reasonable time during normal business hours and at such Member’s expense. 
 9.3 Financial Statements and Reports. 
 (a) Monthly Financial Statements. On the
last day of each month, the Company shall cause to be furnished to each Member the financial information in the form presented on Schedule 9.3(a) to reflect the Company’s estimated financial position as of the end of such month.
Within twenty-five (25) days after the close of each month of each Fiscal Year, the Company shall cause to be furnished to each Member monthly unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP (but
without footnotes and subject to Fiscal Year-end audit adjustments and in a format reasonably acceptable to each of the Members), including (a) a balance sheet showing the Company’s financial position as of the end of such month,
(b) supporting profit and loss statements, and (c) statements of operations, capital, retained earnings and cash flows for such month, and setting forth a comparison of the actual results for such month and the Fiscal Year to date with
actual amounts for the corresponding month in the preceding Fiscal Year, and for the preceding Fiscal Year to date. 
 (b) Annual Financial Statements. Within forty five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company commencing with Fiscal Year 2009, the Company shall cause to be furnished to each Member consolidated financial
statements

  

 -48- 

 
with respect to such Fiscal Year for the Company, consisting of (a) a balance sheet showing the Company’s financial position as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (b) supporting
profit and loss statements, and (c) statements of operations, capital, retained earnings and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, and setting forth a comparison of the actual results for such Fiscal Year with actual amounts for the preceding Fiscal
Year. The annual financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. Within seventy-five (75) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company for which annual financial statements are required hereunder, such annual financial
statements shall be audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and certified by Smith, Carney & Co., p.c., or another registered independent firm of certified public accountants as may be approved or changed by the
Board, and that firm’s audit report and attestation as to the Company’s internal control of financial reporting shall accompany an audited copy of the annual financial statements and shall be furnished by the Company to each Member.

 (c) Within fifteen (15) days after the request of a Member, the Company shall deliver to such Member
accounting, tax information and schedules as shall be necessary for tax reporting purposes by each Member with respect to the relevant calendar year. 
 (d) In addition to the obligations under subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.3, the Company shall timely prepare and deliver (or cause to be timely prepared and delivered) to any
Member, upon request, all of such additional financial statements, notes thereto and additional financial information as may be required in order for each Member or an Affiliate of such Member to comply with any reporting requirements under
(i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and (iii) any national
securities exchange or automated quotation system. 
 (e) The Company shall deliver to each Member, promptly
after the receipt thereof by the Company, such reports, forecasts, studies, budgets and other information that is provided to the Company by the Operator or GMX under the Services Agreement from time to time. 
 (f) The Company shall also cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member such other reports, forecasts, studies, budgets
and other information as the Board may request from time to time. 
 (g) With reasonable promptness, the Company
shall deliver to each Member such other information and financial data concerning the Company any such Member may reasonably request. 
 9.4 Tax Statements. On or before the last day of March during the existence of the Company, the Company shall cause each Member to be furnished with all information reasonably necessary or appropriate to file its respective
tax reports, including its Schedule K-1, apportionment schedules and a schedule of Company book-tax differences for the immediately preceding tax year. In addition, to the extent reasonably possible, the Company will cause each Member to be
provided with estimates of all such information on or before the first day of February each year. 
  

 -49- 

 ARTICLE X 
 DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION 
 10.1 Dissolution. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 and any Laws, the Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up only on the first to occur of the following (each a “Liquidating
Event”): 
 (a) approval of the Board Members by Unanimous Consent; 
 (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or 
 (c) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under section 18-802 of the Act. 
 10.2 Liquidation and Termination. Subject to Section 10.2(d), upon dissolution of the Company, a representative of the
Company selected by the Board (not including any Board Member appointed by a Member in Default at the time of dissolution) shall act as a liquidator or may appoint one or more Members as liquidator (“Liquidator”). The
Liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. Until final distribution, the Liquidator shall
continue to operate the Company properties for a reasonable period of time to allow for the sale of all or a part of the assets thereof with all of the power and authority of the Members. The steps to be accomplished by the Liquidator are as
follows: 
 (a) As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, the Liquidator shall
cause a proper accounting to be made of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable. 
 (b) The Liquidator shall cause any notices required by Law to be mailed to each known creditor of and claimant against the
Company in the manner described by such law. 
 (c) Upon dissolution of the Company, and subject to
Section 10.2(d) below, the Liquidator shall sell the assets of the Company at the best price available. The property of the Company shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The Liquidator may sell
any or all Company property, including to one or more of the Members (other than any Member in Default at the time of dissolution), provided that any such sale to a Member must be made on an arm’s length basis under terms which are in the best
interest of the Company. If any assets are sold or otherwise liquidated for value, the Liquidator shall proceed as promptly as practicable in a commercially reasonable manner to implement the procedures of this Section 10.2(c). 
  

 -50- 

 (d) Prior to offering any assets of the Company for sale to any Third Party,
the Liquidator shall deliver to GMX a written offer to sell all, but not less than all, of the Company’s assets to GMX at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such assets or at such lesser price that Kinder Morgan and GMX may agree (as
applicable, the “Liquidation Price”). GMX shall have 60 days after receipt of such written offer within which to advise the Liquidator in writing whether or not it will acquire all of the Company’s assets at the
Liquidation Price. If GMX elects to acquire the Company’s assets, then the Company and GMX shall close such transaction no later than 30 days after the date of GMX’s notice to the Liquidator evidencing such election. If such transaction
has not closed within such 30 days or if GMX does not elect to acquire the Company’s assets as set forth herein, the Liquidator shall sell such assets in accordance with Section 10.2(c). 
 (e) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Act (especially section 18-803), the Liquidator shall
distribute the assets of the Company in the following order of priority: 
 (i) first, to creditors of the
Company (including creditors who are Members) in satisfaction of the liabilities of the Company, including any accrued liabilities arising under the Affiliate Contracts (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);

 (ii) second, if Kinder Morgan has not received prior distributions pursuant to Section 5.7 in an amount
equal to the sum of (A) the KM Investment and (B) the KM Cumulative Return, 100% to Kinder Morgan until the cumulative amount distributed to Kinder Morgan pursuant to Section 5.7 and this Section 10.2(e)(ii) equals the sum of
(C) the KM Investment and (D) the KM Cumulative Return; 
 (iii) third, if GMX has not received prior
distributions pursuant to Section 5.7 in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the GMX Investment and (B) the GMX Cumulative Return, 100% to GMX until the cumulative amount distributed to GMX pursuant to Section 5.7 and this
Section 10.2(e)(iii) equals the sum of (C) the GMX Investment and (D) the GMX Cumulative Return; and 
 (iv) fourth, remaining amounts, if any, shall be distributed to the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Membership Interests. 
 (v) The Liquidator shall determine whether any assets of the Company shall be liquidated through sale or shall be distributed in kind. A distribution in kind of an asset to a Member shall be considered,
for the purposes of this Article X, a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the assets so distributed as determined in good faith by the Liquidator in its reasonable discretion. 
 (vi) The allocations and distributions provided for in this Agreement are intended to result in the Capital Account of each
Member immediately prior to the distribution of the Company’s assets pursuant to this Section 10.2 (after the

  

 -51- 

 
satisfaction of the obligations of the Company to creditors pursuant to Section 10.2(e)(i) hereof) being equal to the amount that is distributable to such Member pursuant to
Section 10.2. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, liquidating distributions shall be made pursuant to this Section 10.2 regardless of whether the allocations and distributions provided for in this Agreement
result in final Capital Account balances that equal the amounts the Members are entitled to pursuant to this Section 10.2. 
 10.3 Provision for Contingent Claims. 
 (a) The Liquidator shall make a reasonable
provision to pay all claims and obligations, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations, actually known to the Company but for which the identity of the claimant is unknown; and 
 (b) If there are insufficient assets to both pay the creditors pursuant to Section 10.2 and to establish the provision
contemplated by Section 10.3(a), the claims shall be paid as provided for in accordance to their priority, and, among claims of equal priority, ratably to the extent of assets therefor. 
 10.4 Deemed Contribution and Distribution. In the event the Company is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulation
section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Company’s property shall not be liquidated, the Company’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Company’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead,
solely for federal income tax purposes, the Company shall be deemed to have contributed all Company property and liabilities to a new limited liability company in exchange for an interest in such new limited liability company and, immediately
thereafter, the Company will be deemed to liquidate by distributing interests in the new limited liability company to the Members. 
 ARTICLE XI 
 AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT 
 11.1 Amendments to be Adopted by the Company. Each Member agrees that the appropriate Officer of the Company, in accordance
with and subject to the limitations contained in Article VI, may execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required to reflect: 
 (a) a change in the location of the principal place of business of the Company or the registered agent or office of the
Company; 
 (b) admission or substitution of Members whose admission or substitution has been made in accordance
with this Agreement; 
 (c) a change that the Board believes is reasonable and necessary or appropriate to
qualify or continue the qualification of the Company as a limited liability company under the Laws of any state or that is necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel for the Company to ensure that the Company will not be taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes; and 
  

 -52- 

 (d) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel, to prevent
the Company or its officers from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor. 
 11.2 Amendment Procedures. Except as provided in Section 11.1, all amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by all of the Members. 
 ARTICLE XII 
 MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

 12.1 Certificates. Membership Interests will not be certificated unless otherwise approved by, and
subject to the provisions set by, the Board. 
 12.2 Registered Holders. The Company shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its books as the owner of the indicated Membership Interest and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Membership Interest on the part of any Person
other than such registered owner, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by Law. 
 12.3 Security. For purposes of providing for Transfer of, perfecting a Security Interest in, and other relevant matters related to, a Membership Interest, the Membership Interest will be deemed to be a “security”
subject to the rules set forth in Chapters 8 and 9 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code and any similar Uniform Commercial Code provision adopted by the State of New York or any other relevant jurisdiction. 
 ARTICLE XIII 
 GENERAL PROVISIONS 
 13.1 Entire Agreement; Supersedure. This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement and supersedes (a) all prior oral or written proposals or agreements, (b) all contemporaneous oral proposals or agreements and (c) all previous negotiations and all other communications or understandings between the
Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, but excluding any applicable Approved Affiliate Contract. 
 13.2
Waivers. Neither action taken (including any investigation by or on behalf of any party) nor inaction pursuant to this Agreement, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or
agreement contained herein by the party not committing such action or inaction. A waiver by any party of a particular right, including breach of any provision of this Agreement, shall not operate or be construed as a subsequent waiver of that same
right or a waiver of any other right. 
  

 -53- 

 13.3 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. 
 13.4 Member
Deadlocks; Negotiations. 
 (a) Member Deadlocks. Except for any matter or proposal covered by the
immediately succeeding sentence, Board approval or disapproval of any matter shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.4. If any matter or proposal requiring: 
 (i) less than a Unanimous Consent of the Board Members for approval thereof (A) is brought before the Board Members and
receives neither (1) the Required Consent voting for such matter or proposal nor (2) the Required Consent voting against (not including abstentions or other non-votes) such matter or proposal or (B) a quorum is not present at three
consecutive meetings called for purposes including such matter or proposal, or 
 (ii) Unanimous Consent of the
Board Members for approval thereof pursuant to Sections 6.3(b)(ix) or 6.3(b)(xxii) with regard to the Company, (A) is brought before the Board Members and receives neither (1) the Unanimous Consent voting for such matter or proposal nor
(2) the Unanimous Consent voting against (not including abstentions or other non-votes) such matter or proposal or (B) a quorum is not present at three consecutive meetings called for purposes including such matter or proposal; 

then, in either case, any Board Member, by written notice to the other Board Members given within three (3) Business Days after the initial vote on
such matter or proposal, may call a meeting of the Board Members to reconsider such matter or proposal, such meeting to be held when, where and as reasonably specified in said notice, but not less than three (3) Business Days nor more than
seven (7) Business Days after the date of such vote. If such meeting is called and held as herein provided and (i) the matter or proposal is offered at such meeting again and (x) does not receive a Required Consent or Unanimous
Consent, as the case may be, voting for such matter or proposal or (y) does not receive at a Required Consent or Unanimous Consent, as the case may be, voting against (not including abstentions or other non-votes) such matter or proposal or
(ii) a quorum is not present at such meeting, then any Board Member may within three (3) Business Days thereafter submit the matter to further negotiation, and, if applicable, mediation and binding arbitration, in accordance with this
Section 13.4. If no Board Member calls such a meeting within the first three (3) Business Day period herein provided for or if further negotiation is not requested within the three (3) Business Day period after the second meeting, no
Board Member shall thereafter have any right to request further negotiation or binding arbitration regarding such matter or proposal. 
 (b) Further Negotiation. Any Board Member wishing to submit a matter or proposal to further negotiation as permitted above shall do so by giving written notice of further negotiation to the other Board
Members containing a brief description of the nature of the dispute to be further negotiated and the position of the Board Member initiating further negotiation. Upon receipt of such notice, the Board Members shall immediately meet at a time and
place mutually agreed upon or, if no time and place is agreeable, at the principal office of the Company at 10:00 a.m. local time on the third (3rd) Business Day after the date

  

 -54- 

 
of receiving the notice of further negotiations. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Board Member does not attend such meeting, any Board Member may immediately
invoke the provisions of Section 13.4(c). 
 (c) Final Negotiations. If, at the meeting contemplated in
Section 13.4(b), the Board Members are unable to agree on a course of action to address the reason for the meeting, any Board Member may declare an impasse (“Impasse”) by giving written notice to the other Board Members
(an “Impasse Notice”). Within twenty (20) Business Days after receipt of such Impasse Notice, the chief executive officer or president of each Parent (each, an “Executive Officer”) of a Member
shall meet in a good faith effort to reach accords that will end the Impasse. If a decision is not made by common accord that ends the Impasse within thirty (30) days after the date that the Executive Officers meet, any Board Member may declare
a final Impasse (“Final Impasse”) by written notice to the other Board Members. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Executive Officers refuse to meet with the other Executive Officers, any Board
Member may immediately invoke the provisions of Section 13.4(d). 
 (d) Mediation. If within ten
(10) Business Days following receipt of a Final Impasse neither (i) a Required Consent or Unanimous Consent, as the case may be, votes for such matter or proposal nor (ii) a Required Consent or Unanimous Consent, as the case may be,
votes against (not including abstentions or other non-votes) such matter or proposal, then the Board shall submit the matter or proposal to mediation which shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Mediation
Rules. 
 (e) Binding Arbitration. If within twenty (20) Business Days following the submission of the
disputed matter or proposal to mediation in accordance with Section 13.4(d), such matter or proposal has not been resolved, then any Board Member may subject the matter or proposal to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 13.15,
without compliance with Section 13.15(b)(i), 13.15(b)(ii) or 13.15(b)(iii). 
 13.5 Governing Law;
Severability. 
 (a) THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED
AND GOVERNED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH, IF APPLIED, MIGHT PERMIT OR REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. 
 (b) In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any mandatory provision of the Act or
Laws, the applicable provision of the Act or other Laws, as the case may be, shall control. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder
of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and that provision shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by the Act or other Laws, as the case may be. 

 

 -55- 

 13.6 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement, each of the Members agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under Laws and regulations to consummate and make
effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In case, at any time after the execution of this Agreement, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out its purposes, the proper officers or directors of the Members shall take
or cause to be taken all such necessary action. 
 13.7 Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement. By
executing this Agreement, each Member acknowledges that it has actual notice of all of the provisions of this Agreement. Each Member hereby agrees that this Agreement constitutes adequate notice of all such provisions. 
 13.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be deemed an
original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 13.9 Attendance via Communications
Equipment. Unless otherwise restricted by law or this Agreement, the Board or committees may hold meetings by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can
effectively communicate with each other. Such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a Person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on
the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. 
 13.10 Books and Records. The officers of the
Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, including the names and addresses of all Members and the number and class of the interest held by each at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of
its transfer agent or registrar. 
 13.11 Audit Rights of Members. 
 (a) Each Member shall have the right to audit the books and records of the Company no more frequently than once every twelve
(12) months. Such audits shall be conducted at the cost of the Member(s) requesting same. The audit rights with respect to any calendar year shall terminate on and as of the last day of the second calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in question. A Member may exercise its audit rights hereunder by giving at least thirty (30) days written notice to the Company of the desire to perform such audit, which notice shall include the estimated timing and other
particulars related to such audit. The audit shall be conducted during normal business hours of the Company. The audit shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Company. 
 (b) Any Member shall have the right to cause the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to exercise its inspection and audit
rights, if any, under the Pipeline Operating Agreement or Services Agreement. The costs related thereto shall be paid by the Member(s) requesting same. 
  

 -56- 

 13.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are for
the exclusive benefit of the Members and their respective successors and permitted assigns and, solely with respect to Article VII, the Persons entitled to be indemnified as described therein. Except for the foregoing, this Agreement is not intended
to benefit or create rights in any other Person or Governmental Entity, including (a) the Company, (b) any Person or Governmental Entity to whom any debts, liabilities or obligations are owed by the Company or any Member, or (c) any
liquidator, trustee or creditor acting on behalf of the Company, and no such creditor or any other Person or Governmental Entity shall have any rights under this Agreement, including rights with respect to enforcing the payment of Capital
Contributions. 
 13.13 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary
(including in the definition of the term Default), all notices, requests, demands, and other communications required or permitted to be given or made hereunder by a party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made if
(i) delivered personally, (ii) transmitted by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (iii) delivered by prepaid overnight courier service requiring acknowledgment of receipt,
(iv) delivered by electronic mail confirmed by a non-automated response from the recipient, or (v) delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by
the parties by similar notice): 
 (a) if to the Company, to: 
 Endeavor Gathering LLC 
 9400 North Broadway, Suite 600 
 Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73114 
 Attention: Harry C. Stahel, Jr. 
 Facsimile: (405) 600-0600 
 e-mail: hstahel@gmxresources.com 
 and 
 each
of the Members listed on Exhibit A at the address set forth therein. 
 (b) if to the Members,
to each of the Members listed on Exhibit A at the address set forth therein. 
 Notices shall be effective (i) if delivered personally
or sent by courier service, upon actual receipt by the intended recipient, (ii) if mailed, upon the earlier of three (3) days after deposit in the mail or the date of delivery as shown by the return receipt therefor, or (iii) if sent
by facsimile or electronic mail transmission, when the required confirmation is received if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next Business Day after receipt if not received
during the recipient’s normal business hours. 
  

 -57- 

 13.14 Remedies. 
 (a) Remedy Upon Event of Default. For so long as a Member is in Default, the rights, but not obligations, of such Member
hereunder, including the right to vote and receive distributions from the Company pursuant to Article V, shall be suspended; provided, however, that any distributions that would have been paid by the Company to such Member except for the
application of this Section 13.14(a) shall be deposited by the Company into an interest-bearing account owned and controlled by the Company, and upon (i) such Member no longer being in Default and (ii) if applicable, the final
resolution of any dispute between the Company and such Member related to any Default, the funds held in such account shall be distributed as follows: (A) if and to the extent applicable, on behalf of such Member to the Company to satisfy any
obligations owed by such Member to the Company and (B) with respect to any funds remaining after the distribution required under subparagraph (A), to such Member. With respect to any Default that cannot reasonably be cured by action of the
defaulting Member, such Default shall not be deemed to be continuing after the defaulting Member has (i) entered into and satisfied its obligations under a binding settlement with the Company related to such Default or (ii) satisfied its
obligations arising from arbitration or any judicial proceeding related to such Default. 
 (b) Remedy Not
Exclusive. The rights of the non-defaulting Members set forth in Section 4.3 and this Section 13.14 shall be in addition to such other rights and remedies that may exist at law, in equity or under contract on account of such Default.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Members acknowledge that an award of damages for failure to comply with Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.10, 13.15 and 13.16 would not be an adequate remedy for the Members attempting to enforce such
provisions, and accordingly the Members expressly authorize any such Members to bring an action against the other Members to compel the specific performance by such other Members of their obligations to comply with such provisions. 
 (c) Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and in
addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity. Other than the obligation to arbitrate pursuant to Section 13.15, in lieu of seeking judicial remedies, nothing herein shall be considered an
election of remedies. In addition, any successful party is entitled to costs related to enforcing this Agreement, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, and arbitration expenses. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, THE MEMBERS
WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS, CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION AGAINST ONE ANOTHER ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. A PARTY MAY RECOVER FROM ANY OTHER PARTY ALL COSTS, EXPENSES OR DAMAGES
INCLUDING INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE AND OTHER DAMAGES PAID OR OWED TO ANY THIRD PERSON FOR WHICH SUCH PARTY HAS A RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM SUCH OTHER PARTY. 
  

 -58- 

 13.15 Disputes. 
 (a) Applicability. Any controversy or claim, whether based on contract, tort, statute or other legal or equitable theory
(including but not limited to any claim of fraud, misrepresentation or fraudulent inducement or any question of validity or effect of this Agreement including this clause) arising out of or related to this Agreement (including any amendments or
extensions), or the breach or termination thereof, or any dispute made subject to arbitration under Section 13.4(e), shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the then current CPR Institute Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration of
Business Disputes, and this provision. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 116 to the exclusion of any provision of Law inconsistent therewith or which would produce a different
result, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, except as provided under Section 13.5(d), this Section shall not apply to any of the rights
of non-Delinquent Members set forth in Section 4.3. Any dispute to which this Section 13.15 applies is referred to herein as a “Dispute.” With respect to a particular Dispute, each Person that is a party to such
Dispute is referred to herein as a “Disputing Party.” The provisions of this Section 13.15 shall be the exclusive method of resolving Disputes. 
 (b) Negotiation to Resolve Disputes. If a Dispute arises, the Disputing Parties shall attempt to resolve such Dispute through
the following procedure: 
 (i) first, each of the Disputing Parties shall promptly meet (whether by phone or in
person) in a good faith attempt to resolve the Dispute; 
 (ii) second, if the Dispute is still unresolved after
ten (10) Business Days following the commencement of the negotiations described in Section 13.15(b)(i), then an Executive Officer of each Disputing Party, on behalf of such Disputing Party, shall meet (whether by phone or in person) in a
good faith attempt to resolve the Dispute; 
 (iii) third, if the Dispute is still unresolved after ten
(10) Business Days following the commencement of the negotiations described in Section 13.15(b)(ii), then the Disputing Parties will submit the Dispute to mediation, which shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association under
its Commercial Mediation Rules; and 
 (iv) fourth, if the Dispute is still unresolved after twenty
(20) Business Days following the commencement of the mediation described in Section 13.15(b)(iii), then any Disputing Party may submit such Dispute to binding arbitration under this Section by written notice to the other Disputing
Parties (an “Arbitration Notice”) delivered within thirty (30) Business Days thereafter. 
 (v) At the same time that the Disputing Party sends an Arbitration Notice to the other Disputing Parties, it shall also send an Arbitration Notice to the regional office of the CPR Institute covering Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (the
“CPR Institute”). 
  

 -59- 

 (c) Selection of Arbitrator. 
 (i) Any arbitration conducted under this Section 13.15 shall be heard by a sole, independent arbitrator (the
“Arbitrator”) qualified by his or her education, training and experience in the intrastate natural gas pipeline industry to resolve the disputed matters and shall be selected in accordance with this Section 13.15. Each
Disputing Party and each proposed Arbitrator shall disclose to the other Disputing Parties any business, personal or other relationship or affiliation that may exist between such Disputing Party and such proposed Arbitrator within ten
(10) Business Days following delivery of the Arbitration Notice. 
 (ii) The Arbitration
Notice shall contain a brief description of the nature of the dispute and the name of an Arbitrator proposed by the Disputing Party. If any other Disputing Party objects for any reason to such proposed Arbitrator, it may, on or before the tenth (10
th) Business Day following delivery of the
Arbitration Notice, notify all of the other Disputing Parties of such objection. All of the Disputing Parties shall attempt to agree upon a mutually acceptable Arbitrator. If they are unable to do so within seven (7) Business Days following
delivery of the notice described in the immediately-preceding sentence, any Disputing Party may request the regional office of the CPR Institute to designate the Arbitrator who shall be qualified by his or her education, training and experience in
the intrastate natural gas pipeline industry to resolve the disputed matters. Failing designation by the regional office of the CPR Institute, any Disputing Party may in writing request the judge of the United States District Court for the Western
District of Oklahoma senior in term of service to appoint an Arbitrator qualified by his or her education, training and experience in the intrastate natural gas pipeline industry. If the Arbitrator so chosen shall die, resign or otherwise fail or
becomes unable to serve as Arbitrator, a replacement Arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with this Section 13.15. 
 (d) Conduct of Arbitration. 
 (i) Any arbitration hearing shall be
held in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The Arbitrator shall fix a reasonable time and place for the hearing and shall determine the matters submitted to it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner; provided, however,
that if the Arbitrator shall fail to hold the hearing to determine the issue in dispute within sixty (60) days after the selection of the Arbitrator, then any Disputing Party shall have the right to require a new Arbitrator be selected
under this Section 13.15. 
 (ii) Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the
Arbitrator shall have the power (A) to gather such materials, information, testimony and evidence as it deems relevant to the dispute before it (and each Member will

  

 -60- 

 
provide such materials, information, testimony and evidence requested by the Arbitrator, except to the extent any information so requested is, subject to an attorney-client or other privilege);
(B) to grant injunctive relief and enforce specific performance; and (C) to issue or cause to be issued subpoenas (including subpoenas directed to third-parties) for the attendance of witnesses and for the production of books, records,
documents and other evidence. Subpoenas so issued shall be served, and upon application to the court by a party or the Arbitrator, enforced, in the manner provided by law for the service and enforcement of subpoenas in a civil action; and
(D) to administer oaths. 
 (iii) In advance of the arbitration hearing, the Disputing Parties may conduct
discovery in accordance with the Delaware rules. Such discovery may include, but is not limited to, (A) the taking of oral and videotaped depositions and depositions on written questions; (B) serving interrogatories, document requests and
requests for admission; and (C) any other form and/or method of discovery provided for under the Delaware rules. The Arbitrator shall order the parties to promptly exchange copies of all exhibits and witness lists, and, if requested by a party,
to produce other relevant documents, to answer up to ten (10) interrogatories (including subparts), to respond to up to ten (10) requests for admissions (which shall be deemed admitted if not denied) and to produce for deposition and, if
requested, at the hearing all witnesses that such party has listed and up to four other persons within such party’s control. Any additional discovery shall only occur by agreement of the parties or as ordered by the Arbitrator upon a finding of
good cause. Any objections and/or responses to such discovery shall be due on or before fifteen (15) days after service. The Disputing Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any discovery disputes that may arise. If the Disputing
Parties are unable to resolve any such disputes, the Disputing Parties may present their objections to the Arbitrator who shall resolve the objections in accordance with the Delaware rules. The Arbitrator may, if requested by a party, order that a
trade secret or other confidential research, development or commercial information not be revealed or be revealed only in a designated way. 
 (iv) The Disputing Parties may also retain, with the consent of the Arbitrator, one or more experts to assist the Arbitrator in resolving the Dispute. The Disputing Parties shall identify and produce a
report from any experts who will give testimony and/or evidence at the arbitration hearing. Any testifying experts identified shall be made available for deposition in advance of any arbitration hearing. 
 (v) The Arbitrator shall render its decision in writing within fifteen (15) days of the conclusion of the hearing. The
Arbitrator shall have jurisdiction and authority to interpret and apply the provisions of this Agreement only insofar as shall be necessary in the determination of the dispute before it, but it shall not have jurisdiction or authority to add to or
alter in any way the provisions of this Agreement. The Arbitrator’s decision shall govern and shall be final, nonappealable (except to the extent provided in the Federal Arbitration Act) and binding on the Disputing Parties hereto and its
written decision may be entered in any court having appropriate jurisdiction. Pending resolution of any dispute hereunder, performance by

  

 -61- 

 
Disputing Parties shall continue so as to maintain the status quo prior to notice of such dispute and service of notice of arbitration by any Disputing Party shall not divest a court of competent
jurisdiction of the right and power to grant a decree compelling specific performance or injunctive relief in an action brought by the Disputing Parties. THE ARBITRATOR AND ANY COURT ENFORCING THE AWARD OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT
OR AUTHORITY TO AWARD CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES TO THE COMPANY OR ANY DISPUTING PARTIES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE ARBITRATOR MAY AWARD ALL COSTS, EXPENSES OR
DAMAGES INCLUDING INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE AND OTHER DAMAGES PAID OR OWED TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR WHICH A PARTY HAS A RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM THE OTHER PARTY. 
 (vi) The responsibility for paying the costs and expenses of the arbitration, including compensation to the Arbitrator, shall
be allocated among the Disputing Parties in a manner determined by the Arbitrator to be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Each Disputing Party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of its respective counsel, consultants and
witnesses, unless the Arbitrator determines that compelling reasons exist for allocating all or a portion of such costs and expenses to one or more other Disputing Parties. 
 13.16 Member Trademarks. Neither the Company nor any Member shall be permitted to use any trademark owned by any other Member
or its Affiliates, without the express written consent of such Member or its Affiliate or as otherwise required by Law. 
 13.17 Integrated Transaction. Each Member has entered into this Agreement in consideration of (a) the covenants and conditions set forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and
(b) the execution, delivery, and performance by the other Member, or an Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, of the Purchase Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Pipeline Operating Agreement, the Gathering Agreement, the Assignment of
Contract Rights and the other contracts and agreements among the Parties contemplated therein and/or executed pursuant thereto (collectively, the “Other Transaction Documents”). The Parties agree that neither Member would have
entered into this Agreement without the Other Transaction Documents; the consideration for entering into this Agreement forms part of the consideration for entering into the Other Transaction Documents; and in the event of the bankruptcy of either
Member, this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents must be rejected or assumed together. 
 13.18 Bankruptcy Stay
Waiver. Each Member agrees that in the event it should become a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding, it expressly waives the provisions of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code as the same pertains to this Agreement. The automatic stay shall
not apply to any rights or remedies asserted by the other Member in connection with this Agreement. 
 [THE REMAINDER OF THIS
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
  

 -62- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Members have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth
in this Agreement. 
  

			
	MEMBERS:
	
	GMX RESOURCES INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harry C. Stahel, Jr.

		 	Harry C. Stahel, Jr.
		 	Vice President – Finance
	
	KINDER MORGAN ENDEAVOR LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Duane Kokinda

		 	Duane Kokinda
		 	Vice President

  

 Signature Page to Amended and Restated LLC Agreement

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00164-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00164-of-00352.parquet"}]]